PR gas/11395
[deliverable/binutils-gdb.git] / gas / config / tc-hppa.c
1 /* tc-hppa.c -- Assemble for the PA
2 Copyright 1989, 1993, 1994, 1995, 1996, 1997, 1998, 1999, 2000, 2001, 2002,
3 2003, 2004, 2005, 2006, 2007, 2008, 2009, 2010
4 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5
6 This file is part of GAS, the GNU Assembler.
7
8 GAS is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
9 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
10 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option)
11 any later version.
12
13 GAS is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16 GNU General Public License for more details.
17
18 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19 along with GAS; see the file COPYING. If not, write to the Free
20 Software Foundation, 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston, MA
21 02110-1301, USA. */
22
23 /* HP PA-RISC support was contributed by the Center for Software Science
24 at the University of Utah. */
25
26 #include "as.h"
27 #include "safe-ctype.h"
28 #include "subsegs.h"
29 #include "dw2gencfi.h"
30
31 #include "bfd/libhppa.h"
32
33 /* Be careful, this file includes data *declarations*. */
34 #include "opcode/hppa.h"
35
36 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && defined (OBJ_SOM)
37 error only one of OBJ_ELF and OBJ_SOM can be defined
38 #endif
39
40 /* If we are using ELF, then we probably can support dwarf2 debug
41 records. Furthermore, if we are supporting dwarf2 debug records,
42 then we want to use the assembler support for compact line numbers. */
43 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
44 #include "dwarf2dbg.h"
45
46 /* A "convenient" place to put object file dependencies which do
47 not need to be seen outside of tc-hppa.c. */
48
49 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
50 typedef enum elf_hppa_reloc_type reloc_type;
51
52 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
53 typedef elf_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
54 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
55 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.hppa_arg_reloc)
56
57 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
58 /* How to generate a relocation. */
59 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf64_hppa_gen_reloc_type
60 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf64_hppa_reloc_final_type
61 #else
62 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type _bfd_elf32_hppa_gen_reloc_type
63 #define elf_hppa_reloc_final_type elf32_hppa_reloc_final_type
64 #endif
65
66 /* ELF objects can have versions, but apparently do not have anywhere
67 to store a copyright string. */
68 #define obj_version obj_elf_version
69 #define obj_copyright obj_elf_version
70
71 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME ".PARISC.unwind"
72 #endif /* OBJ_ELF */
73
74 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
75 /* Names of various debugging spaces/subspaces. */
76 #define GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME "$GDB_DEBUG$"
77 #define GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_STRINGS$"
78 #define GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME "$GDB_SYMBOLS$"
79 #define UNWIND_SECTION_NAME "$UNWIND$"
80
81 /* Object file formats specify relocation types. */
82 typedef int reloc_type;
83
84 /* SOM objects can have both a version string and a copyright string. */
85 #define obj_version obj_som_version
86 #define obj_copyright obj_som_copyright
87
88 /* How to generate a relocation. */
89 #define hppa_gen_reloc_type hppa_som_gen_reloc_type
90
91 /* Object file formats specify BFD symbol types. */
92 typedef som_symbol_type obj_symbol_type;
93 #define symbol_arg_reloc_info(sym)\
94 (((obj_symbol_type *) symbol_get_bfdsym (sym))->tc_data.ap.hppa_arg_reloc)
95
96 /* This apparently isn't in older versions of hpux reloc.h. */
97 #ifndef R_DLT_REL
98 #define R_DLT_REL 0x78
99 #endif
100
101 #ifndef R_N0SEL
102 #define R_N0SEL 0xd8
103 #endif
104
105 #ifndef R_N1SEL
106 #define R_N1SEL 0xd9
107 #endif
108 #endif /* OBJ_SOM */
109
110 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
111 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 25
112 #else
113 #define DEFAULT_LEVEL 10
114 #endif
115
116 /* Various structures and types used internally in tc-hppa.c. */
117
118 /* Unwind table and descriptor. FIXME: Sync this with GDB version. */
119
120 struct unwind_desc
121 {
122 unsigned int cannot_unwind:1;
123 unsigned int millicode:1;
124 unsigned int millicode_save_rest:1;
125 unsigned int region_desc:2;
126 unsigned int save_sr:2;
127 unsigned int entry_fr:4;
128 unsigned int entry_gr:5;
129 unsigned int args_stored:1;
130 unsigned int call_fr:5;
131 unsigned int call_gr:5;
132 unsigned int save_sp:1;
133 unsigned int save_rp:1;
134 unsigned int save_rp_in_frame:1;
135 unsigned int extn_ptr_defined:1;
136 unsigned int cleanup_defined:1;
137
138 unsigned int hpe_interrupt_marker:1;
139 unsigned int hpux_interrupt_marker:1;
140 unsigned int reserved:3;
141 unsigned int frame_size:27;
142 };
143
144 /* We can't rely on compilers placing bitfields in any particular
145 place, so use these macros when dumping unwind descriptors to
146 object files. */
147 #define UNWIND_LOW32(U) \
148 (((U)->cannot_unwind << 31) \
149 | ((U)->millicode << 30) \
150 | ((U)->millicode_save_rest << 29) \
151 | ((U)->region_desc << 27) \
152 | ((U)->save_sr << 25) \
153 | ((U)->entry_fr << 21) \
154 | ((U)->entry_gr << 16) \
155 | ((U)->args_stored << 15) \
156 | ((U)->call_fr << 10) \
157 | ((U)->call_gr << 5) \
158 | ((U)->save_sp << 4) \
159 | ((U)->save_rp << 3) \
160 | ((U)->save_rp_in_frame << 2) \
161 | ((U)->extn_ptr_defined << 1) \
162 | ((U)->cleanup_defined << 0))
163
164 #define UNWIND_HIGH32(U) \
165 (((U)->hpe_interrupt_marker << 31) \
166 | ((U)->hpux_interrupt_marker << 30) \
167 | ((U)->frame_size << 0))
168
169 struct unwind_table
170 {
171 /* Starting and ending offsets of the region described by
172 descriptor. */
173 unsigned int start_offset;
174 unsigned int end_offset;
175 struct unwind_desc descriptor;
176 };
177
178 /* This structure is used by the .callinfo, .enter, .leave pseudo-ops to
179 control the entry and exit code they generate. It is also used in
180 creation of the correct stack unwind descriptors.
181
182 NOTE: GAS does not support .enter and .leave for the generation of
183 prologues and epilogues. FIXME.
184
185 The fields in structure roughly correspond to the arguments available on the
186 .callinfo pseudo-op. */
187
188 struct call_info
189 {
190 /* The unwind descriptor being built. */
191 struct unwind_table ci_unwind;
192
193 /* Name of this function. */
194 symbolS *start_symbol;
195
196 /* (temporary) symbol used to mark the end of this function. */
197 symbolS *end_symbol;
198
199 /* Next entry in the chain. */
200 struct call_info *ci_next;
201 };
202
203 /* Operand formats for FP instructions. Note not all FP instructions
204 allow all four formats to be used (for example fmpysub only allows
205 SGL and DBL). */
206 typedef enum
207 {
208 SGL, DBL, ILLEGAL_FMT, QUAD, W, UW, DW, UDW, QW, UQW
209 }
210 fp_operand_format;
211
212 /* This fully describes the symbol types which may be attached to
213 an EXPORT or IMPORT directive. Only SOM uses this formation
214 (ELF has no need for it). */
215 typedef enum
216 {
217 SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN,
218 SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE,
219 SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE,
220 SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA,
221 SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY,
222 SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE,
223 SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL,
224 SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG,
225 SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG,
226 }
227 pa_symbol_type;
228
229 /* This structure contains information needed to assemble
230 individual instructions. */
231 struct pa_it
232 {
233 /* Holds the opcode after parsing by pa_ip. */
234 unsigned long opcode;
235
236 /* Holds an expression associated with the current instruction. */
237 expressionS exp;
238
239 /* Does this instruction use PC-relative addressing. */
240 int pcrel;
241
242 /* Floating point formats for operand1 and operand2. */
243 fp_operand_format fpof1;
244 fp_operand_format fpof2;
245
246 /* Whether or not we saw a truncation request on an fcnv insn. */
247 int trunc;
248
249 /* Holds the field selector for this instruction
250 (for example L%, LR%, etc). */
251 long field_selector;
252
253 /* Holds any argument relocation bits associated with this
254 instruction. (instruction should be some sort of call). */
255 unsigned int arg_reloc;
256
257 /* The format specification for this instruction. */
258 int format;
259
260 /* The relocation (if any) associated with this instruction. */
261 reloc_type reloc;
262 };
263
264 /* PA-89 floating point registers are arranged like this:
265
266 +--------------+--------------+
267 | 0 or 16L | 16 or 16R |
268 +--------------+--------------+
269 | 1 or 17L | 17 or 17R |
270 +--------------+--------------+
271 | | |
272
273 . . .
274 . . .
275 . . .
276
277 | | |
278 +--------------+--------------+
279 | 14 or 30L | 30 or 30R |
280 +--------------+--------------+
281 | 15 or 31L | 31 or 31R |
282 +--------------+--------------+ */
283
284 /* Additional information needed to build argument relocation stubs. */
285 struct call_desc
286 {
287 /* The argument relocation specification. */
288 unsigned int arg_reloc;
289
290 /* Number of arguments. */
291 unsigned int arg_count;
292 };
293
294 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
295 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
296 chain. */
297
298 struct subspace_dictionary_chain
299 {
300 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code. */
301 unsigned int ssd_defined;
302
303 /* Name of this subspace. */
304 char *ssd_name;
305
306 /* GAS segment and subsegment associated with this subspace. */
307 asection *ssd_seg;
308 int ssd_subseg;
309
310 /* Next space in the subspace dictionary chain. */
311 struct subspace_dictionary_chain *ssd_next;
312 };
313
314 typedef struct subspace_dictionary_chain ssd_chain_struct;
315
316 /* This structure defines an entry in the subspace dictionary
317 chain. */
318
319 struct space_dictionary_chain
320 {
321 /* Nonzero if this space has been defined by the user code or
322 as a default space. */
323 unsigned int sd_defined;
324
325 /* Nonzero if this spaces has been defined by the user code. */
326 unsigned int sd_user_defined;
327
328 /* The space number (or index). */
329 unsigned int sd_spnum;
330
331 /* The name of this subspace. */
332 char *sd_name;
333
334 /* GAS segment to which this subspace corresponds. */
335 asection *sd_seg;
336
337 /* Current subsegment number being used. */
338 int sd_last_subseg;
339
340 /* The chain of subspaces contained within this space. */
341 ssd_chain_struct *sd_subspaces;
342
343 /* The next entry in the space dictionary chain. */
344 struct space_dictionary_chain *sd_next;
345 };
346
347 typedef struct space_dictionary_chain sd_chain_struct;
348
349 /* This structure defines attributes of the default subspace
350 dictionary entries. */
351
352 struct default_subspace_dict
353 {
354 /* Name of the subspace. */
355 char *name;
356
357 /* FIXME. Is this still needed? */
358 char defined;
359
360 /* Nonzero if this subspace is loadable. */
361 char loadable;
362
363 /* Nonzero if this subspace contains only code. */
364 char code_only;
365
366 /* Nonzero if this is a comdat subspace. */
367 char comdat;
368
369 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace. */
370 char common;
371
372 /* Nonzero if this is a common subspace which allows symbols
373 to be multiply defined. */
374 char dup_common;
375
376 /* Nonzero if this subspace should be zero filled. */
377 char zero;
378
379 /* Sort key for this subspace. */
380 unsigned char sort;
381
382 /* Access control bits for this subspace. Can represent RWX access
383 as well as privilege level changes for gateways. */
384 int access;
385
386 /* Index of containing space. */
387 int space_index;
388
389 /* Alignment (in bytes) of this subspace. */
390 int alignment;
391
392 /* Quadrant within space where this subspace should be loaded. */
393 int quadrant;
394
395 /* An index into the default spaces array. */
396 int def_space_index;
397
398 /* Subsegment associated with this subspace. */
399 subsegT subsegment;
400 };
401
402 /* This structure defines attributes of the default space
403 dictionary entries. */
404
405 struct default_space_dict
406 {
407 /* Name of the space. */
408 char *name;
409
410 /* Space number. It is possible to identify spaces within
411 assembly code numerically! */
412 int spnum;
413
414 /* Nonzero if this space is loadable. */
415 char loadable;
416
417 /* Nonzero if this space is "defined". FIXME is still needed */
418 char defined;
419
420 /* Nonzero if this space can not be shared. */
421 char private;
422
423 /* Sort key for this space. */
424 unsigned char sort;
425
426 /* Segment associated with this space. */
427 asection *segment;
428 };
429 #endif
430
431 /* Structure for previous label tracking. Needed so that alignments,
432 callinfo declarations, etc can be easily attached to a particular
433 label. */
434 typedef struct label_symbol_struct
435 {
436 struct symbol *lss_label;
437 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
438 sd_chain_struct *lss_space;
439 #endif
440 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
441 segT lss_segment;
442 #endif
443 struct label_symbol_struct *lss_next;
444 }
445 label_symbol_struct;
446
447 /* Extra information needed to perform fixups (relocations) on the PA. */
448 struct hppa_fix_struct
449 {
450 /* The field selector. */
451 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt fx_r_field;
452
453 /* Type of fixup. */
454 int fx_r_type;
455
456 /* Format of fixup. */
457 int fx_r_format;
458
459 /* Argument relocation bits. */
460 unsigned int fx_arg_reloc;
461
462 /* The segment this fixup appears in. */
463 segT segment;
464 };
465
466 /* Structure to hold information about predefined registers. */
467
468 struct pd_reg
469 {
470 char *name;
471 int value;
472 };
473
474 /* This structure defines the mapping from a FP condition string
475 to a condition number which can be recorded in an instruction. */
476 struct fp_cond_map
477 {
478 char *string;
479 int cond;
480 };
481
482 /* This structure defines a mapping from a field selector
483 string to a field selector type. */
484 struct selector_entry
485 {
486 char *prefix;
487 int field_selector;
488 };
489
490 /* Prototypes for functions local to tc-hppa.c. */
491
492 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
493 static void pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void);
494 #endif
495
496 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
497 static void pa_text (int);
498 static void pa_data (int);
499 static void pa_comm (int);
500 #endif
501 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
502 static int exact_log2 (int);
503 static void pa_compiler (int);
504 static void pa_align (int);
505 static void pa_space (int);
506 static void pa_spnum (int);
507 static void pa_subspace (int);
508 static sd_chain_struct *create_new_space (char *, int, int,
509 int, int, int,
510 asection *, int);
511 static ssd_chain_struct *create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
512 char *, int, int,
513 int, int, int, int,
514 int, int, int, int,
515 int, asection *);
516 static ssd_chain_struct *update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *,
517 char *, int, int, int,
518 int, int, int, int,
519 int, int, int, int,
520 asection *);
521 static sd_chain_struct *is_defined_space (char *);
522 static ssd_chain_struct *is_defined_subspace (char *);
523 static sd_chain_struct *pa_segment_to_space (asection *);
524 static ssd_chain_struct *pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *,
525 subsegT);
526 static sd_chain_struct *pa_find_space_by_number (int);
527 static unsigned int pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *, int);
528 static sd_chain_struct *pa_parse_space_stmt (char *, int);
529 #endif
530
531 /* File and globally scoped variable declarations. */
532
533 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
534 /* Root and final entry in the space chain. */
535 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_root;
536 static sd_chain_struct *space_dict_last;
537
538 /* The current space and subspace. */
539 static sd_chain_struct *current_space;
540 static ssd_chain_struct *current_subspace;
541 #endif
542
543 /* Root of the call_info chain. */
544 static struct call_info *call_info_root;
545
546 /* The last call_info (for functions) structure
547 seen so it can be associated with fixups and
548 function labels. */
549 static struct call_info *last_call_info;
550
551 /* The last call description (for actual calls). */
552 static struct call_desc last_call_desc;
553
554 /* handle of the OPCODE hash table */
555 static struct hash_control *op_hash = NULL;
556
557 /* These characters can be suffixes of opcode names and they may be
558 followed by meaningful whitespace. We don't include `,' and `!'
559 as they never appear followed by meaningful whitespace. */
560 const char hppa_symbol_chars[] = "*?=<>";
561
562 /* This array holds the chars that only start a comment at the beginning of
563 a line. If the line seems to have the form '# 123 filename'
564 .line and .file directives will appear in the pre-processed output.
565
566 Note that input_file.c hand checks for '#' at the beginning of the
567 first line of the input file. This is because the compiler outputs
568 #NO_APP at the beginning of its output.
569
570 Also note that C style comments will always work. */
571 const char line_comment_chars[] = "#";
572
573 /* This array holds the chars that always start a comment. If the
574 pre-processor is disabled, these aren't very useful. */
575 const char comment_chars[] = ";";
576
577 /* This array holds the characters which act as line separators. */
578 const char line_separator_chars[] = "!";
579
580 /* Chars that can be used to separate mant from exp in floating point nums. */
581 const char EXP_CHARS[] = "eE";
582
583 /* Chars that mean this number is a floating point constant.
584 As in 0f12.456 or 0d1.2345e12.
585
586 Be aware that MAXIMUM_NUMBER_OF_CHARS_FOR_FLOAT may have to be
587 changed in read.c. Ideally it shouldn't have to know about it
588 at all, but nothing is ideal around here. */
589 const char FLT_CHARS[] = "rRsSfFdDxXpP";
590
591 static struct pa_it the_insn;
592
593 /* Points to the end of an expression just parsed by get_expression
594 and friends. FIXME. This shouldn't be handled with a file-global
595 variable. */
596 static char *expr_end;
597
598 /* Nonzero if a .callinfo appeared within the current procedure. */
599 static int callinfo_found;
600
601 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a .entry/.exit pair. */
602 static int within_entry_exit;
603
604 /* Nonzero if the assembler is currently within a procedure definition. */
605 static int within_procedure;
606
607 /* Handle on structure which keep track of the last symbol
608 seen in each subspace. */
609 static label_symbol_struct *label_symbols_rootp = NULL;
610
611 /* Holds the last field selector. */
612 static int hppa_field_selector;
613
614 /* Nonzero when strict matching is enabled. Zero otherwise.
615
616 Each opcode in the table has a flag which indicates whether or
617 not strict matching should be enabled for that instruction.
618
619 Mainly, strict causes errors to be ignored when a match failure
620 occurs. However, it also affects the parsing of register fields
621 by pa_parse_number. */
622 static int strict;
623
624 /* pa_parse_number returns values in `pa_number'. Mostly
625 pa_parse_number is used to return a register number, with floating
626 point registers being numbered from FP_REG_BASE upwards.
627 The bit specified with FP_REG_RSEL is set if the floating point
628 register has a `r' suffix. */
629 #define FP_REG_BASE 64
630 #define FP_REG_RSEL 128
631 static int pa_number;
632
633 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
634 /* A dummy bfd symbol so that all relocations have symbols of some kind. */
635 static symbolS *dummy_symbol;
636 #endif
637
638 /* Nonzero if errors are to be printed. */
639 static int print_errors = 1;
640
641 /* List of registers that are pre-defined:
642
643 Each general register has one predefined name of the form
644 %r<REGNUM> which has the value <REGNUM>.
645
646 Space and control registers are handled in a similar manner,
647 but use %sr<REGNUM> and %cr<REGNUM> as their predefined names.
648
649 Likewise for the floating point registers, but of the form
650 %fr<REGNUM>. Floating point registers have additional predefined
651 names with 'L' and 'R' suffixes (e.g. %fr19L, %fr19R) which
652 again have the value <REGNUM>.
653
654 Many registers also have synonyms:
655
656 %r26 - %r23 have %arg0 - %arg3 as synonyms
657 %r28 - %r29 have %ret0 - %ret1 as synonyms
658 %fr4 - %fr7 have %farg0 - %farg3 as synonyms
659 %r30 has %sp as a synonym
660 %r27 has %dp as a synonym
661 %r2 has %rp as a synonym
662
663 Almost every control register has a synonym; they are not listed
664 here for brevity.
665
666 The table is sorted. Suitable for searching by a binary search. */
667
668 static const struct pd_reg pre_defined_registers[] =
669 {
670 {"%arg0", 26},
671 {"%arg1", 25},
672 {"%arg2", 24},
673 {"%arg3", 23},
674 {"%cr0", 0},
675 {"%cr10", 10},
676 {"%cr11", 11},
677 {"%cr12", 12},
678 {"%cr13", 13},
679 {"%cr14", 14},
680 {"%cr15", 15},
681 {"%cr16", 16},
682 {"%cr17", 17},
683 {"%cr18", 18},
684 {"%cr19", 19},
685 {"%cr20", 20},
686 {"%cr21", 21},
687 {"%cr22", 22},
688 {"%cr23", 23},
689 {"%cr24", 24},
690 {"%cr25", 25},
691 {"%cr26", 26},
692 {"%cr27", 27},
693 {"%cr28", 28},
694 {"%cr29", 29},
695 {"%cr30", 30},
696 {"%cr31", 31},
697 {"%cr8", 8},
698 {"%cr9", 9},
699 {"%dp", 27},
700 {"%eiem", 15},
701 {"%eirr", 23},
702 {"%farg0", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
703 {"%farg1", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
704 {"%farg2", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
705 {"%farg3", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
706 {"%fr0", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
707 {"%fr0l", 0 + FP_REG_BASE},
708 {"%fr0r", 0 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
709 {"%fr1", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
710 {"%fr10", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
711 {"%fr10l", 10 + FP_REG_BASE},
712 {"%fr10r", 10 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
713 {"%fr11", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
714 {"%fr11l", 11 + FP_REG_BASE},
715 {"%fr11r", 11 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
716 {"%fr12", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
717 {"%fr12l", 12 + FP_REG_BASE},
718 {"%fr12r", 12 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
719 {"%fr13", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
720 {"%fr13l", 13 + FP_REG_BASE},
721 {"%fr13r", 13 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
722 {"%fr14", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
723 {"%fr14l", 14 + FP_REG_BASE},
724 {"%fr14r", 14 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
725 {"%fr15", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
726 {"%fr15l", 15 + FP_REG_BASE},
727 {"%fr15r", 15 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
728 {"%fr16", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
729 {"%fr16l", 16 + FP_REG_BASE},
730 {"%fr16r", 16 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
731 {"%fr17", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
732 {"%fr17l", 17 + FP_REG_BASE},
733 {"%fr17r", 17 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
734 {"%fr18", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
735 {"%fr18l", 18 + FP_REG_BASE},
736 {"%fr18r", 18 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
737 {"%fr19", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
738 {"%fr19l", 19 + FP_REG_BASE},
739 {"%fr19r", 19 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
740 {"%fr1l", 1 + FP_REG_BASE},
741 {"%fr1r", 1 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
742 {"%fr2", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
743 {"%fr20", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
744 {"%fr20l", 20 + FP_REG_BASE},
745 {"%fr20r", 20 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
746 {"%fr21", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
747 {"%fr21l", 21 + FP_REG_BASE},
748 {"%fr21r", 21 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
749 {"%fr22", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
750 {"%fr22l", 22 + FP_REG_BASE},
751 {"%fr22r", 22 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
752 {"%fr23", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
753 {"%fr23l", 23 + FP_REG_BASE},
754 {"%fr23r", 23 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
755 {"%fr24", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
756 {"%fr24l", 24 + FP_REG_BASE},
757 {"%fr24r", 24 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
758 {"%fr25", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
759 {"%fr25l", 25 + FP_REG_BASE},
760 {"%fr25r", 25 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
761 {"%fr26", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
762 {"%fr26l", 26 + FP_REG_BASE},
763 {"%fr26r", 26 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
764 {"%fr27", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
765 {"%fr27l", 27 + FP_REG_BASE},
766 {"%fr27r", 27 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
767 {"%fr28", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
768 {"%fr28l", 28 + FP_REG_BASE},
769 {"%fr28r", 28 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
770 {"%fr29", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
771 {"%fr29l", 29 + FP_REG_BASE},
772 {"%fr29r", 29 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
773 {"%fr2l", 2 + FP_REG_BASE},
774 {"%fr2r", 2 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
775 {"%fr3", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
776 {"%fr30", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
777 {"%fr30l", 30 + FP_REG_BASE},
778 {"%fr30r", 30 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
779 {"%fr31", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
780 {"%fr31l", 31 + FP_REG_BASE},
781 {"%fr31r", 31 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
782 {"%fr3l", 3 + FP_REG_BASE},
783 {"%fr3r", 3 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
784 {"%fr4", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
785 {"%fr4l", 4 + FP_REG_BASE},
786 {"%fr4r", 4 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
787 {"%fr5", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
788 {"%fr5l", 5 + FP_REG_BASE},
789 {"%fr5r", 5 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
790 {"%fr6", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
791 {"%fr6l", 6 + FP_REG_BASE},
792 {"%fr6r", 6 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
793 {"%fr7", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
794 {"%fr7l", 7 + FP_REG_BASE},
795 {"%fr7r", 7 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
796 {"%fr8", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
797 {"%fr8l", 8 + FP_REG_BASE},
798 {"%fr8r", 8 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
799 {"%fr9", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
800 {"%fr9l", 9 + FP_REG_BASE},
801 {"%fr9r", 9 + FP_REG_BASE + FP_REG_RSEL},
802 {"%fret", 4},
803 {"%hta", 25},
804 {"%iir", 19},
805 {"%ior", 21},
806 {"%ipsw", 22},
807 {"%isr", 20},
808 {"%itmr", 16},
809 {"%iva", 14},
810 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
811 {"%mrp", 2},
812 #else
813 {"%mrp", 31},
814 #endif
815 {"%pcoq", 18},
816 {"%pcsq", 17},
817 {"%pidr1", 8},
818 {"%pidr2", 9},
819 {"%pidr3", 12},
820 {"%pidr4", 13},
821 {"%ppda", 24},
822 {"%r0", 0},
823 {"%r1", 1},
824 {"%r10", 10},
825 {"%r11", 11},
826 {"%r12", 12},
827 {"%r13", 13},
828 {"%r14", 14},
829 {"%r15", 15},
830 {"%r16", 16},
831 {"%r17", 17},
832 {"%r18", 18},
833 {"%r19", 19},
834 {"%r2", 2},
835 {"%r20", 20},
836 {"%r21", 21},
837 {"%r22", 22},
838 {"%r23", 23},
839 {"%r24", 24},
840 {"%r25", 25},
841 {"%r26", 26},
842 {"%r27", 27},
843 {"%r28", 28},
844 {"%r29", 29},
845 {"%r3", 3},
846 {"%r30", 30},
847 {"%r31", 31},
848 {"%r4", 4},
849 {"%r5", 5},
850 {"%r6", 6},
851 {"%r7", 7},
852 {"%r8", 8},
853 {"%r9", 9},
854 {"%rctr", 0},
855 {"%ret0", 28},
856 {"%ret1", 29},
857 {"%rp", 2},
858 {"%sar", 11},
859 {"%sp", 30},
860 {"%sr0", 0},
861 {"%sr1", 1},
862 {"%sr2", 2},
863 {"%sr3", 3},
864 {"%sr4", 4},
865 {"%sr5", 5},
866 {"%sr6", 6},
867 {"%sr7", 7},
868 {"%t1", 22},
869 {"%t2", 21},
870 {"%t3", 20},
871 {"%t4", 19},
872 {"%tf1", 11},
873 {"%tf2", 10},
874 {"%tf3", 9},
875 {"%tf4", 8},
876 {"%tr0", 24},
877 {"%tr1", 25},
878 {"%tr2", 26},
879 {"%tr3", 27},
880 {"%tr4", 28},
881 {"%tr5", 29},
882 {"%tr6", 30},
883 {"%tr7", 31}
884 };
885
886 /* This table is sorted by order of the length of the string. This is
887 so we check for <> before we check for <. If we had a <> and checked
888 for < first, we would get a false match. */
889 static const struct fp_cond_map fp_cond_map[] =
890 {
891 {"false?", 0},
892 {"false", 1},
893 {"true?", 30},
894 {"true", 31},
895 {"!<=>", 3},
896 {"!?>=", 8},
897 {"!?<=", 16},
898 {"!<>", 7},
899 {"!>=", 11},
900 {"!?>", 12},
901 {"?<=", 14},
902 {"!<=", 19},
903 {"!?<", 20},
904 {"?>=", 22},
905 {"!?=", 24},
906 {"!=t", 27},
907 {"<=>", 29},
908 {"=t", 5},
909 {"?=", 6},
910 {"?<", 10},
911 {"<=", 13},
912 {"!>", 15},
913 {"?>", 18},
914 {">=", 21},
915 {"!<", 23},
916 {"<>", 25},
917 {"!=", 26},
918 {"!?", 28},
919 {"?", 2},
920 {"=", 4},
921 {"<", 9},
922 {">", 17}
923 };
924
925 static const struct selector_entry selector_table[] =
926 {
927 {"f", e_fsel},
928 {"l", e_lsel},
929 {"ld", e_ldsel},
930 {"lp", e_lpsel},
931 {"lr", e_lrsel},
932 {"ls", e_lssel},
933 {"lt", e_ltsel},
934 {"ltp", e_ltpsel},
935 {"n", e_nsel},
936 {"nl", e_nlsel},
937 {"nlr", e_nlrsel},
938 {"p", e_psel},
939 {"r", e_rsel},
940 {"rd", e_rdsel},
941 {"rp", e_rpsel},
942 {"rr", e_rrsel},
943 {"rs", e_rssel},
944 {"rt", e_rtsel},
945 {"rtp", e_rtpsel},
946 {"t", e_tsel},
947 };
948
949 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
950 /* default space and subspace dictionaries */
951
952 #define GDB_SYMBOLS GDB_SYMBOLS_SUBSPACE_NAME
953 #define GDB_STRINGS GDB_STRINGS_SUBSPACE_NAME
954
955 /* pre-defined subsegments (subspaces) for the HPPA. */
956 #define SUBSEG_CODE 0
957 #define SUBSEG_LIT 1
958 #define SUBSEG_MILLI 2
959 #define SUBSEG_DATA 0
960 #define SUBSEG_BSS 2
961 #define SUBSEG_UNWIND 3
962 #define SUBSEG_GDB_STRINGS 0
963 #define SUBSEG_GDB_SYMBOLS 1
964
965 static struct default_subspace_dict pa_def_subspaces[] =
966 {
967 {"$CODE$", 1, 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_CODE},
968 {"$DATA$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 24, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_DATA},
969 {"$LIT$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 16, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_LIT},
970 {"$MILLICODE$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 8, 0x2c, 0, 8, 0, 0, SUBSEG_MILLI},
971 {"$BSS$", 1, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 1, 80, 0x1f, 1, 8, 1, 1, SUBSEG_BSS},
972 {NULL, 0, 1, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, 255, 0x1f, 0, 4, 0, 0, 0}
973 };
974
975 static struct default_space_dict pa_def_spaces[] =
976 {
977 {"$TEXT$", 0, 1, 1, 0, 8, ASEC_NULL},
978 {"$PRIVATE$", 1, 1, 1, 1, 16, ASEC_NULL},
979 {NULL, 0, 0, 0, 0, 0, ASEC_NULL}
980 };
981
982 /* Misc local definitions used by the assembler. */
983
984 /* These macros are used to maintain spaces/subspaces. */
985 #define SPACE_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_defined
986 #define SPACE_USER_DEFINED(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_user_defined
987 #define SPACE_SPNUM(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_spnum
988 #define SPACE_NAME(space_chain) (space_chain)->sd_name
989
990 #define SUBSPACE_DEFINED(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_defined
991 #define SUBSPACE_NAME(ss_chain) (ss_chain)->ssd_name
992 #endif
993
994 /* Return nonzero if the string pointed to by S potentially represents
995 a right or left half of a FP register */
996 #define IS_R_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'R' || *(S) == 'r')
997 #define IS_L_SELECT(S) (*(S) == 'L' || *(S) == 'l')
998
999 /* Store immediate values of shift/deposit/extract functions. */
1000
1001 #define SAVE_IMMEDIATE(VALUE) \
1002 { \
1003 if (immediate_check) \
1004 { \
1005 if (pos == -1) \
1006 pos = (VALUE); \
1007 else if (len == -1) \
1008 len = (VALUE); \
1009 } \
1010 }
1011
1012 /* Insert FIELD into OPCODE starting at bit START. Continue pa_ip
1013 main loop after insertion. */
1014
1015 #define INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE(OPCODE, FIELD, START) \
1016 { \
1017 ((OPCODE) |= (FIELD) << (START)); \
1018 continue; \
1019 }
1020
1021 /* Simple range checking for FIELD against HIGH and LOW bounds.
1022 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1023
1024 #define CHECK_FIELD(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, IGNORE) \
1025 { \
1026 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1027 { \
1028 if (! IGNORE) \
1029 as_bad (_("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1030 (int) (FIELD));\
1031 break; \
1032 } \
1033 }
1034
1035 /* Variant of CHECK_FIELD for use in md_apply_fix and other places where
1036 the current file and line number are not valid. */
1037
1038 #define CHECK_FIELD_WHERE(FIELD, HIGH, LOW, FILENAME, LINE) \
1039 { \
1040 if ((FIELD) > (HIGH) || (FIELD) < (LOW)) \
1041 { \
1042 as_bad_where ((FILENAME), (LINE), \
1043 _("Field out of range [%d..%d] (%d)."), (LOW), (HIGH), \
1044 (int) (FIELD));\
1045 break; \
1046 } \
1047 }
1048
1049 /* Simple alignment checking for FIELD against ALIGN (a power of two).
1050 IGNORE is used to suppress the error message. */
1051
1052 #define CHECK_ALIGN(FIELD, ALIGN, IGNORE) \
1053 { \
1054 if ((FIELD) & ((ALIGN) - 1)) \
1055 { \
1056 if (! IGNORE) \
1057 as_bad (_("Field not properly aligned [%d] (%d)."), (ALIGN), \
1058 (int) (FIELD));\
1059 break; \
1060 } \
1061 }
1062
1063 #define is_DP_relative(exp) \
1064 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1065 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$global$") == 0)
1066
1067 #define is_SB_relative(exp) \
1068 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1069 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$segrel$") == 0)
1070
1071 #define is_PC_relative(exp) \
1072 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1073 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0)
1074
1075 #define is_tls_gdidx(exp) \
1076 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1077 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0)
1078
1079 #define is_tls_ldidx(exp) \
1080 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1081 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0)
1082
1083 #define is_tls_dtpoff(exp) \
1084 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1085 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0)
1086
1087 #define is_tls_ieoff(exp) \
1088 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1089 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0)
1090
1091 #define is_tls_leoff(exp) \
1092 ((exp).X_op == O_subtract \
1093 && strcmp (S_GET_NAME ((exp).X_op_symbol), "$tls_leoff$") == 0)
1094
1095 /* We need some complex handling for stabs (sym1 - sym2). Luckily, we'll
1096 always be able to reduce the expression to a constant, so we don't
1097 need real complex handling yet. */
1098 #define is_complex(exp) \
1099 ((exp).X_op != O_constant && (exp).X_op != O_symbol)
1100
1101 /* Actual functions to implement the PA specific code for the assembler. */
1102
1103 /* Called before writing the object file. Make sure entry/exit and
1104 proc/procend pairs match. */
1105
1106 void
1107 pa_check_eof (void)
1108 {
1109 if (within_entry_exit)
1110 as_fatal (_("Missing .exit\n"));
1111
1112 if (within_procedure)
1113 as_fatal (_("Missing .procend\n"));
1114 }
1115
1116 /* Returns a pointer to the label_symbol_struct for the current space.
1117 or NULL if no label_symbol_struct exists for the current space. */
1118
1119 static label_symbol_struct *
1120 pa_get_label (void)
1121 {
1122 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1123
1124 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1125 label_chain;
1126 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1127 {
1128 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1129 if (current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label)
1130 return label_chain;
1131 #endif
1132 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1133 if (now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label)
1134 return label_chain;
1135 #endif
1136 }
1137
1138 return NULL;
1139 }
1140
1141 /* Defines a label for the current space. If one is already defined,
1142 this function will replace it with the new label. */
1143
1144 void
1145 pa_define_label (symbolS *symbol)
1146 {
1147 label_symbol_struct *label_chain = pa_get_label ();
1148
1149 if (label_chain)
1150 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1151 else
1152 {
1153 /* Create a new label entry and add it to the head of the chain. */
1154 label_chain = xmalloc (sizeof (label_symbol_struct));
1155 label_chain->lss_label = symbol;
1156 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1157 label_chain->lss_space = current_space;
1158 #endif
1159 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1160 label_chain->lss_segment = now_seg;
1161 #endif
1162 label_chain->lss_next = NULL;
1163
1164 if (label_symbols_rootp)
1165 label_chain->lss_next = label_symbols_rootp;
1166
1167 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain;
1168 }
1169
1170 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1171 dwarf2_emit_label (symbol);
1172 #endif
1173 }
1174
1175 /* Removes a label definition for the current space.
1176 If there is no label_symbol_struct entry, then no action is taken. */
1177
1178 static void
1179 pa_undefine_label (void)
1180 {
1181 label_symbol_struct *label_chain;
1182 label_symbol_struct *prev_label_chain = NULL;
1183
1184 for (label_chain = label_symbols_rootp;
1185 label_chain;
1186 label_chain = label_chain->lss_next)
1187 {
1188 if (1
1189 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1190 && current_space == label_chain->lss_space && label_chain->lss_label
1191 #endif
1192 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1193 && now_seg == label_chain->lss_segment && label_chain->lss_label
1194 #endif
1195 )
1196 {
1197 /* Remove the label from the chain and free its memory. */
1198 if (prev_label_chain)
1199 prev_label_chain->lss_next = label_chain->lss_next;
1200 else
1201 label_symbols_rootp = label_chain->lss_next;
1202
1203 free (label_chain);
1204 break;
1205 }
1206 prev_label_chain = label_chain;
1207 }
1208 }
1209
1210 /* An HPPA-specific version of fix_new. This is required because the HPPA
1211 code needs to keep track of some extra stuff. Each call to fix_new_hppa
1212 results in the creation of an instance of an hppa_fix_struct. An
1213 hppa_fix_struct stores the extra information along with a pointer to the
1214 original fixS. This is attached to the original fixup via the
1215 tc_fix_data field. */
1216
1217 static void
1218 fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag,
1219 int where,
1220 int size,
1221 symbolS *add_symbol,
1222 offsetT offset,
1223 expressionS *exp,
1224 int pcrel,
1225 bfd_reloc_code_real_type r_type,
1226 enum hppa_reloc_field_selector_type_alt r_field,
1227 int r_format,
1228 unsigned int arg_reloc,
1229 int unwind_bits ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1230 {
1231 fixS *new_fix;
1232 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
1233
1234 if (exp != NULL)
1235 new_fix = fix_new_exp (frag, where, size, exp, pcrel, r_type);
1236 else
1237 new_fix = fix_new (frag, where, size, add_symbol, offset, pcrel, r_type);
1238 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
1239 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = r_type;
1240 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = r_field;
1241 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = r_format;
1242 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = arg_reloc;
1243 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
1244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1245 if (r_type == R_ENTRY || r_type == R_EXIT)
1246 new_fix->fx_offset = unwind_bits;
1247 #endif
1248
1249 /* foo-$global$ is used to access non-automatic storage. $global$
1250 is really just a marker and has served its purpose, so eliminate
1251 it now so as not to confuse write.c. Ditto for $PIC_pcrel$0. */
1252 if (new_fix->fx_subsy
1253 && (strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$global$") == 0
1254 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$segrel$") == 0
1255 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$PIC_pcrel$0") == 0
1256 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_gdidx$") == 0
1257 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ldidx$") == 0
1258 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_dtpoff$") == 0
1259 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_ieoff$") == 0
1260 || strcmp (S_GET_NAME (new_fix->fx_subsy), "$tls_leoff$") == 0))
1261 new_fix->fx_subsy = NULL;
1262 }
1263
1264 /* This fix_new is called by cons via TC_CONS_FIX_NEW.
1265 hppa_field_selector is set by the parse_cons_expression_hppa. */
1266
1267 void
1268 cons_fix_new_hppa (fragS *frag, int where, int size, expressionS *exp)
1269 {
1270 unsigned int rel_type;
1271
1272 /* Get a base relocation type. */
1273 if (is_DP_relative (*exp))
1274 rel_type = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
1275 else if (is_PC_relative (*exp))
1276 rel_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1277 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1278 else if (is_SB_relative (*exp))
1279 rel_type = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1280 else if (is_tls_gdidx (*exp))
1281 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
1282 else if (is_tls_ldidx (*exp))
1283 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
1284 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (*exp))
1285 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
1286 else if (is_tls_ieoff (*exp))
1287 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
1288 else if (is_tls_leoff (*exp))
1289 rel_type = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
1290 #endif
1291 else if (is_complex (*exp))
1292 rel_type = R_HPPA_COMPLEX;
1293 else
1294 rel_type = R_HPPA;
1295
1296 if (hppa_field_selector != e_psel && hppa_field_selector != e_fsel)
1297 {
1298 as_warn (_("Invalid field selector. Assuming F%%."));
1299 hppa_field_selector = e_fsel;
1300 }
1301
1302 fix_new_hppa (frag, where, size,
1303 (symbolS *) NULL, (offsetT) 0, exp, 0, rel_type,
1304 hppa_field_selector, size * 8, 0, 0);
1305
1306 /* Reset field selector to its default state. */
1307 hppa_field_selector = 0;
1308 }
1309
1310 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an expression (I think). FIXME. */
1311
1312 static void
1313 get_expression (char *str)
1314 {
1315 char *save_in;
1316 asection *seg;
1317
1318 save_in = input_line_pointer;
1319 input_line_pointer = str;
1320 seg = expression (&the_insn.exp);
1321 if (!(seg == absolute_section
1322 || seg == undefined_section
1323 || SEG_NORMAL (seg)))
1324 {
1325 as_warn (_("Bad segment in expression."));
1326 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1327 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1328 return;
1329 }
1330 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
1331 input_line_pointer = save_in;
1332 }
1333
1334 /* Parse a PA nullification completer (,n). Return nonzero if the
1335 completer was found; return zero if no completer was found. */
1336
1337 static int
1338 pa_parse_nullif (char **s)
1339 {
1340 int nullif;
1341
1342 nullif = 0;
1343 if (**s == ',')
1344 {
1345 *s = *s + 1;
1346 if (strncasecmp (*s, "n", 1) == 0)
1347 nullif = 1;
1348 else
1349 {
1350 as_bad (_("Invalid Nullification: (%c)"), **s);
1351 nullif = 0;
1352 }
1353 *s = *s + 1;
1354 }
1355
1356 return nullif;
1357 }
1358
1359 char *
1360 md_atof (int type, char *litP, int *sizeP)
1361 {
1362 return ieee_md_atof (type, litP, sizeP, TRUE);
1363 }
1364
1365 /* Write out big-endian. */
1366
1367 void
1368 md_number_to_chars (char *buf, valueT val, int n)
1369 {
1370 number_to_chars_bigendian (buf, val, n);
1371 }
1372
1373 /* Translate internal representation of relocation info to BFD target
1374 format. */
1375
1376 arelent **
1377 tc_gen_reloc (asection *section, fixS *fixp)
1378 {
1379 arelent *reloc;
1380 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
1381 static arelent *no_relocs = NULL;
1382 arelent **relocs;
1383 reloc_type **codes;
1384 reloc_type code;
1385 int n_relocs;
1386 int i;
1387
1388 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
1389 if (fixp->fx_addsy == 0)
1390 return &no_relocs;
1391
1392 gas_assert (hppa_fixp != 0);
1393 gas_assert (section != 0);
1394
1395 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent));
1396
1397 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1398 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1399
1400 /* Allow fixup_segment to recognize hand-written pc-relative relocations.
1401 When we went through cons_fix_new_hppa, we classified them as complex. */
1402 /* ??? It might be better to hide this +8 stuff in tc_cfi_emit_pcrel_expr,
1403 undefine DIFF_EXPR_OK, and let these sorts of complex expressions fail
1404 when R_HPPA_COMPLEX == R_PARISC_UNIMPLEMENTED. */
1405 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) R_HPPA_COMPLEX
1406 && fixp->fx_pcrel)
1407 {
1408 fixp->fx_r_type = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
1409 fixp->fx_offset += 8;
1410 }
1411
1412 codes = hppa_gen_reloc_type (stdoutput,
1413 fixp->fx_r_type,
1414 hppa_fixp->fx_r_format,
1415 hppa_fixp->fx_r_field,
1416 fixp->fx_subsy != NULL,
1417 symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy));
1418
1419 if (codes == NULL)
1420 {
1421 as_bad_where (fixp->fx_file, fixp->fx_line, _("Cannot handle fixup"));
1422 abort ();
1423 }
1424
1425 for (n_relocs = 0; codes[n_relocs]; n_relocs++)
1426 ;
1427
1428 relocs = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent *) * n_relocs + 1);
1429 reloc = xmalloc (sizeof (arelent) * n_relocs);
1430 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1431 relocs[i] = &reloc[i];
1432
1433 relocs[n_relocs] = NULL;
1434
1435 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1436 switch (fixp->fx_r_type)
1437 {
1438 default:
1439 gas_assert (n_relocs == 1);
1440
1441 code = *codes[0];
1442
1443 /* Now, do any processing that is dependent on the relocation type. */
1444 switch (code)
1445 {
1446 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
1447 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
1448 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14F:
1449 case R_PARISC_PLABEL32:
1450 case R_PARISC_PLABEL21L:
1451 case R_PARISC_PLABEL14R:
1452 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1453 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1454 (static link required). This adjustment is done in
1455 bfd/elf32-hppa.c:elf32_hppa_relocate_section.
1456
1457 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1458 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1459 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1460 reloc->addend = 0;
1461 break;
1462
1463 #ifdef ELF_ARG_RELOC
1464 case R_PARISC_PCREL17R:
1465 case R_PARISC_PCREL17F:
1466 case R_PARISC_PCREL17C:
1467 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
1468 case R_PARISC_DIR17F:
1469 case R_PARISC_PCREL21L:
1470 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
1471 reloc->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc,
1472 fixp->fx_offset);
1473 break;
1474 #endif
1475
1476 case R_PARISC_DIR32:
1477 /* Facilitate hand-crafted unwind info. */
1478 if (strcmp (section->name, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
1479 code = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
1480 /* Fall thru */
1481
1482 default:
1483 reloc->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1484 break;
1485 }
1486
1487 reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1488 *reloc->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1489 reloc->howto = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1490 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1491 reloc->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1492
1493 gas_assert (reloc->howto && (unsigned int) code == reloc->howto->type);
1494 break;
1495 }
1496 #else /* OBJ_SOM */
1497
1498 /* Walk over reach relocation returned by the BFD backend. */
1499 for (i = 0; i < n_relocs; i++)
1500 {
1501 code = *codes[i];
1502
1503 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1504 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1505 relocs[i]->howto =
1506 bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1507 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) code);
1508 relocs[i]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1509
1510 switch (code)
1511 {
1512 case R_COMP2:
1513 /* The only time we ever use a R_COMP2 fixup is for the difference
1514 of two symbols. With that in mind we fill in all four
1515 relocs now and break out of the loop. */
1516 gas_assert (i == 1);
1517 relocs[0]->sym_ptr_ptr
1518 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1519 relocs[0]->howto
1520 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1521 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[0]);
1522 relocs[0]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1523 relocs[0]->addend = 0;
1524 relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1525 *relocs[1]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_addsy);
1526 relocs[1]->howto
1527 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1528 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[1]);
1529 relocs[1]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1530 relocs[1]->addend = 0;
1531 relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1532 *relocs[2]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (fixp->fx_subsy);
1533 relocs[2]->howto
1534 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1535 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[2]);
1536 relocs[2]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1537 relocs[2]->addend = 0;
1538 relocs[3]->sym_ptr_ptr
1539 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1540 relocs[3]->howto
1541 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1542 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[3]);
1543 relocs[3]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1544 relocs[3]->addend = 0;
1545 relocs[4]->sym_ptr_ptr
1546 = (asymbol **) bfd_abs_section_ptr->symbol_ptr_ptr;
1547 relocs[4]->howto
1548 = bfd_reloc_type_lookup (stdoutput,
1549 (bfd_reloc_code_real_type) *codes[4]);
1550 relocs[4]->address = fixp->fx_frag->fr_address + fixp->fx_where;
1551 relocs[4]->addend = 0;
1552 goto done;
1553 case R_PCREL_CALL:
1554 case R_ABS_CALL:
1555 relocs[i]->addend = HPPA_R_ADDEND (hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc, 0);
1556 break;
1557
1558 case R_DLT_REL:
1559 case R_DATA_PLABEL:
1560 case R_CODE_PLABEL:
1561 /* For plabel relocations, the addend of the
1562 relocation should be either 0 (no static link) or 2
1563 (static link required).
1564
1565 FIXME: We always assume no static link!
1566
1567 We also slam a zero addend into the DLT relative relocs;
1568 it doesn't make a lot of sense to use any addend since
1569 it gets you a different (eg unknown) DLT entry. */
1570 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1571 break;
1572
1573 case R_N_MODE:
1574 case R_S_MODE:
1575 case R_D_MODE:
1576 case R_R_MODE:
1577 case R_FSEL:
1578 case R_LSEL:
1579 case R_RSEL:
1580 case R_BEGIN_BRTAB:
1581 case R_END_BRTAB:
1582 case R_BEGIN_TRY:
1583 case R_N0SEL:
1584 case R_N1SEL:
1585 /* There is no symbol or addend associated with these fixups. */
1586 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1587 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1588 relocs[i]->addend = 0;
1589 break;
1590
1591 case R_END_TRY:
1592 case R_ENTRY:
1593 case R_EXIT:
1594 /* There is no symbol associated with these fixups. */
1595 relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = xmalloc (sizeof (asymbol *));
1596 *relocs[i]->sym_ptr_ptr = symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol);
1597 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1598 break;
1599
1600 default:
1601 relocs[i]->addend = fixp->fx_offset;
1602 }
1603 }
1604
1605 done:
1606 #endif
1607
1608 return relocs;
1609 }
1610
1611 /* Process any machine dependent frag types. */
1612
1613 void
1614 md_convert_frag (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1615 asection *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
1616 fragS *fragP)
1617 {
1618 unsigned int address;
1619
1620 if (fragP->fr_type == rs_machine_dependent)
1621 {
1622 switch ((int) fragP->fr_subtype)
1623 {
1624 case 0:
1625 fragP->fr_type = rs_fill;
1626 know (fragP->fr_var == 1);
1627 know (fragP->fr_next);
1628 address = fragP->fr_address + fragP->fr_fix;
1629 if (address % fragP->fr_offset)
1630 {
1631 fragP->fr_offset =
1632 fragP->fr_next->fr_address
1633 - fragP->fr_address
1634 - fragP->fr_fix;
1635 }
1636 else
1637 fragP->fr_offset = 0;
1638 break;
1639 }
1640 }
1641 }
1642
1643 /* Round up a section size to the appropriate boundary. */
1644
1645 valueT
1646 md_section_align (asection *segment, valueT size)
1647 {
1648 int align = bfd_get_section_alignment (stdoutput, segment);
1649 int align2 = (1 << align) - 1;
1650
1651 return (size + align2) & ~align2;
1652 }
1653
1654 /* Return the approximate size of a frag before relaxation has occurred. */
1655
1656 int
1657 md_estimate_size_before_relax (fragS *fragP, asection *segment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1658 {
1659 int size;
1660
1661 size = 0;
1662
1663 while ((fragP->fr_fix + size) % fragP->fr_offset)
1664 size++;
1665
1666 return size;
1667 }
1668 \f
1669 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1670 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1671 const char *md_shortopts = "Vc";
1672 # else
1673 const char *md_shortopts = "V";
1674 # endif
1675 #else
1676 # ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1677 const char *md_shortopts = "c";
1678 # else
1679 const char *md_shortopts = "";
1680 # endif
1681 #endif
1682
1683 struct option md_longopts[] =
1684 {
1685 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1686 {"warn-comment", no_argument, NULL, 'c'},
1687 #endif
1688 {NULL, no_argument, NULL, 0}
1689 };
1690 size_t md_longopts_size = sizeof (md_longopts);
1691
1692 int
1693 md_parse_option (int c, char *arg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1694 {
1695 switch (c)
1696 {
1697 default:
1698 return 0;
1699
1700 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1701 case 'V':
1702 print_version_id ();
1703 break;
1704 #endif
1705 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1706 case 'c':
1707 warn_comment = 1;
1708 break;
1709 #endif
1710 }
1711
1712 return 1;
1713 }
1714
1715 void
1716 md_show_usage (FILE *stream ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1717 {
1718 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1719 fprintf (stream, _("\
1720 -Q ignored\n"));
1721 #endif
1722 #ifdef WARN_COMMENTS
1723 fprintf (stream, _("\
1724 -c print a warning if a comment is found\n"));
1725 #endif
1726 }
1727 \f
1728 /* We have no need to default values of symbols. */
1729
1730 symbolS *
1731 md_undefined_symbol (char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1732 {
1733 return NULL;
1734 }
1735
1736 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
1737 #define nonzero_dibits(x) \
1738 ((x) | (((x) & 0x55555555) << 1) | (((x) & 0xAAAAAAAA) >> 1))
1739 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) \
1740 (((CALLER) ^ (CALLEE)) & nonzero_dibits (CALLER) & nonzero_dibits (CALLEE))
1741 #else
1742 #define arg_reloc_stub_needed(CALLER, CALLEE) 0
1743 #endif
1744
1745 /* Apply a fixup to an instruction. */
1746
1747 void
1748 md_apply_fix (fixS *fixP, valueT *valP, segT seg ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
1749 {
1750 char *fixpos;
1751 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixP;
1752 offsetT new_val;
1753 int insn, val, fmt;
1754
1755 /* SOM uses R_HPPA_ENTRY and R_HPPA_EXIT relocations which can
1756 never be "applied" (they are just markers). Likewise for
1757 R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB and R_HPPA_END_BRTAB. */
1758 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1759 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ENTRY
1760 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_EXIT
1761 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
1762 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
1763 || fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY)
1764 return;
1765
1766 /* Disgusting. We must set fx_offset ourselves -- R_HPPA_END_TRY
1767 fixups are considered not adjustable, which in turn causes
1768 adjust_reloc_syms to not set fx_offset. Ugh. */
1769 if (fixP->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_END_TRY)
1770 {
1771 fixP->fx_offset = * valP;
1772 return;
1773 }
1774 #endif
1775 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1776 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY
1777 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT)
1778 return;
1779 #endif
1780
1781 if (fixP->fx_addsy == NULL && fixP->fx_pcrel == 0)
1782 fixP->fx_done = 1;
1783
1784 /* There should be a HPPA specific fixup associated with the GAS fixup. */
1785 hppa_fixP = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixP->tc_fix_data;
1786 if (hppa_fixP == NULL)
1787 {
1788 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1789 _("no hppa_fixup entry for fixup type 0x%x"),
1790 fixP->fx_r_type);
1791 return;
1792 }
1793
1794 fixpos = fixP->fx_frag->fr_literal + fixP->fx_where;
1795
1796 if (fixP->fx_size != 4 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_format == 32)
1797 {
1798 /* Handle constant output. */
1799 number_to_chars_bigendian (fixpos, *valP, fixP->fx_size);
1800 return;
1801 }
1802
1803 insn = bfd_get_32 (stdoutput, fixpos);
1804 fmt = bfd_hppa_insn2fmt (stdoutput, insn);
1805
1806 /* If there is a symbol associated with this fixup, then it's something
1807 which will need a SOM relocation (except for some PC-relative relocs).
1808 In such cases we should treat the "val" or "addend" as zero since it
1809 will be added in as needed from fx_offset in tc_gen_reloc. */
1810 if ((fixP->fx_addsy != NULL
1811 || fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_NONE)
1812 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1813 && fmt != 32
1814 #endif
1815 )
1816 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1817 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1818 /* These field selectors imply that we do not want an addend. */
1819 else if (hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_psel
1820 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
1821 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_lpsel
1822 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_tsel
1823 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
1824 || hppa_fixP->fx_r_field == e_ltsel)
1825 new_val = ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22) ? 8 : 0);
1826 #endif
1827 else
1828 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1829
1830 /* Handle pc-relative exceptions from above. */
1831 if ((fmt == 12 || fmt == 17 || fmt == 22)
1832 && fixP->fx_addsy
1833 && fixP->fx_pcrel
1834 && !arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixP->fx_addsy),
1835 hppa_fixP->fx_arg_reloc)
1836 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1837 && (* valP - 8 + 8192 < 16384
1838 || (fmt == 17 && * valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288)
1839 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1840 #endif
1841 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
1842 && (* valP - 8 + 262144 < 524288
1843 || (fmt == 22 && * valP - 8 + 8388608 < 16777216))
1844 #endif
1845 && !S_IS_EXTERNAL (fixP->fx_addsy)
1846 && !S_IS_WEAK (fixP->fx_addsy)
1847 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_addsy) == hppa_fixP->segment
1848 && !(fixP->fx_subsy
1849 && S_GET_SEGMENT (fixP->fx_subsy) != hppa_fixP->segment))
1850 {
1851 new_val = hppa_field_adjust (* valP, 0, hppa_fixP->fx_r_field);
1852 }
1853
1854 switch (fmt)
1855 {
1856 case 10:
1857 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1858 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1859 val = new_val;
1860
1861 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1) | (((val & 0x1ff8) << 1)
1862 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1863 break;
1864 case -11:
1865 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1866 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1867 val = new_val;
1868
1869 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff9) | (((val & 0x1ffc) << 1)
1870 | ((val & 0x2000) >> 13));
1871 break;
1872 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'j' operand type. */
1873 case 14:
1874 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 8191, -8192,
1875 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1876 val = new_val;
1877
1878 insn = ((insn & ~ 0x3fff) | low_sign_unext (val, 14));
1879 break;
1880
1881 /* Handle all opcodes with the 'k' operand type. */
1882 case 21:
1883 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1048575, -1048576,
1884 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1885 val = new_val;
1886
1887 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1fffff) | re_assemble_21 (val);
1888 break;
1889
1890 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'i' operand type. */
1891 case 11:
1892 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val, 1023, -1024,
1893 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1894 val = new_val;
1895
1896 insn = (insn & ~ 0x7ff) | low_sign_unext (val, 11);
1897 break;
1898
1899 /* Handle all the opcodes with the 'w' operand type. */
1900 case 12:
1901 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8191, -8192,
1902 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1903 val = new_val - 8;
1904
1905 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1ffd) | re_assemble_12 (val >> 2);
1906 break;
1907
1908 /* Handle some of the opcodes with the 'W' operand type. */
1909 case 17:
1910 {
1911 offsetT distance = * valP;
1912
1913 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1914 range target, then we want to complain. */
1915 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1916 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1917 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 262143, -262144,
1918 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1919
1920 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 262143, -262144,
1921 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1922 val = new_val - 8;
1923
1924 insn = (insn & ~ 0x1f1ffd) | re_assemble_17 (val >> 2);
1925 break;
1926 }
1927
1928 case 22:
1929 {
1930 offsetT distance = * valP;
1931
1932 /* If this is an absolute branch (ie no link) with an out of
1933 range target, then we want to complain. */
1934 if (fixP->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL
1935 && (insn & 0xffe00000) == 0xe8000000)
1936 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (distance - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1937 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1938
1939 CHECK_FIELD_WHERE (new_val - 8, 8388607, -8388608,
1940 fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line);
1941 val = new_val - 8;
1942
1943 insn = (insn & ~ 0x3ff1ffd) | re_assemble_22 (val >> 2);
1944 break;
1945 }
1946
1947 case -10:
1948 val = new_val;
1949 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff1) | re_assemble_16 (val & -8);
1950 break;
1951
1952 case -16:
1953 val = new_val;
1954 insn = (insn & ~ 0xfff9) | re_assemble_16 (val & -4);
1955 break;
1956
1957 case 16:
1958 val = new_val;
1959 insn = (insn & ~ 0xffff) | re_assemble_16 (val);
1960 break;
1961
1962 case 32:
1963 insn = new_val;
1964 break;
1965
1966 default:
1967 as_bad_where (fixP->fx_file, fixP->fx_line,
1968 _("Unknown relocation encountered in md_apply_fix."));
1969 return;
1970 }
1971
1972 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
1973 switch (fixP->fx_r_type)
1974 {
1975 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L:
1976 case R_PARISC_TLS_GD14R:
1977 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L:
1978 case R_PARISC_TLS_LDM14R:
1979 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L:
1980 case R_PARISC_TLS_LE14R:
1981 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L:
1982 case R_PARISC_TLS_IE14R:
1983 if (fixP->fx_addsy)
1984 S_SET_THREAD_LOCAL (fixP->fx_addsy);
1985 break;
1986 default:
1987 break;
1988 }
1989 #endif
1990
1991 /* Insert the relocation. */
1992 bfd_put_32 (stdoutput, insn, fixpos);
1993 }
1994
1995 /* Exactly what point is a PC-relative offset relative TO?
1996 On the PA, they're relative to the address of the offset. */
1997
1998 long
1999 md_pcrel_from (fixS *fixP)
2000 {
2001 return fixP->fx_where + fixP->fx_frag->fr_address;
2002 }
2003
2004 /* Return nonzero if the input line pointer is at the end of
2005 a statement. */
2006
2007 static int
2008 is_end_of_statement (void)
2009 {
2010 return ((*input_line_pointer == '\n')
2011 || (*input_line_pointer == ';')
2012 || (*input_line_pointer == '!'));
2013 }
2014
2015 #define REG_NAME_CNT (sizeof (pre_defined_registers) / sizeof (struct pd_reg))
2016
2017 /* Given NAME, find the register number associated with that name, return
2018 the integer value associated with the given name or -1 on failure. */
2019
2020 static int
2021 reg_name_search (char *name)
2022 {
2023 int middle, low, high;
2024 int cmp;
2025
2026 low = 0;
2027 high = REG_NAME_CNT - 1;
2028
2029 do
2030 {
2031 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2032 cmp = strcasecmp (name, pre_defined_registers[middle].name);
2033 if (cmp < 0)
2034 high = middle - 1;
2035 else if (cmp > 0)
2036 low = middle + 1;
2037 else
2038 return pre_defined_registers[middle].value;
2039 }
2040 while (low <= high);
2041
2042 return -1;
2043 }
2044
2045 /* Read a number from S. The number might come in one of many forms,
2046 the most common will be a hex or decimal constant, but it could be
2047 a pre-defined register (Yuk!), or an absolute symbol.
2048
2049 Return 1 on success or 0 on failure. If STRICT, then a missing
2050 register prefix will cause a failure. The number itself is
2051 returned in `pa_number'.
2052
2053 IS_FLOAT indicates that a PA-89 FP register number should be
2054 parsed; A `l' or `r' suffix is checked for if but 2 of IS_FLOAT is
2055 not set.
2056
2057 pa_parse_number can not handle negative constants and will fail
2058 horribly if it is passed such a constant. */
2059
2060 static int
2061 pa_parse_number (char **s, int is_float)
2062 {
2063 int num;
2064 char *name;
2065 char c;
2066 symbolS *sym;
2067 int status;
2068 char *p = *s;
2069 bfd_boolean have_prefix;
2070
2071 /* Skip whitespace before the number. */
2072 while (*p == ' ' || *p == '\t')
2073 p = p + 1;
2074
2075 pa_number = -1;
2076 have_prefix = 0;
2077 num = 0;
2078 if (!strict && ISDIGIT (*p))
2079 {
2080 /* Looks like a number. */
2081
2082 if (*p == '0' && (*(p + 1) == 'x' || *(p + 1) == 'X'))
2083 {
2084 /* The number is specified in hex. */
2085 p += 2;
2086 while (ISDIGIT (*p) || ((*p >= 'a') && (*p <= 'f'))
2087 || ((*p >= 'A') && (*p <= 'F')))
2088 {
2089 if (ISDIGIT (*p))
2090 num = num * 16 + *p - '0';
2091 else if (*p >= 'a' && *p <= 'f')
2092 num = num * 16 + *p - 'a' + 10;
2093 else
2094 num = num * 16 + *p - 'A' + 10;
2095 ++p;
2096 }
2097 }
2098 else
2099 {
2100 /* The number is specified in decimal. */
2101 while (ISDIGIT (*p))
2102 {
2103 num = num * 10 + *p - '0';
2104 ++p;
2105 }
2106 }
2107
2108 pa_number = num;
2109
2110 /* Check for a `l' or `r' suffix. */
2111 if (is_float)
2112 {
2113 pa_number += FP_REG_BASE;
2114 if (! (is_float & 2))
2115 {
2116 if (IS_R_SELECT (p))
2117 {
2118 pa_number += FP_REG_RSEL;
2119 ++p;
2120 }
2121 else if (IS_L_SELECT (p))
2122 {
2123 ++p;
2124 }
2125 }
2126 }
2127 }
2128 else if (*p == '%')
2129 {
2130 /* The number might be a predefined register. */
2131 have_prefix = 1;
2132 name = p;
2133 p++;
2134 c = *p;
2135 /* Tege hack: Special case for general registers as the general
2136 code makes a binary search with case translation, and is VERY
2137 slow. */
2138 if (c == 'r')
2139 {
2140 p++;
2141 if (*p == 'e' && *(p + 1) == 't'
2142 && (*(p + 2) == '0' || *(p + 2) == '1'))
2143 {
2144 p += 2;
2145 num = *p - '0' + 28;
2146 p++;
2147 }
2148 else if (*p == 'p')
2149 {
2150 num = 2;
2151 p++;
2152 }
2153 else if (!ISDIGIT (*p))
2154 {
2155 if (print_errors)
2156 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2157 num = -1;
2158 }
2159 else
2160 {
2161 do
2162 num = num * 10 + *p++ - '0';
2163 while (ISDIGIT (*p));
2164 }
2165 }
2166 else
2167 {
2168 /* Do a normal register search. */
2169 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2170 {
2171 p = p + 1;
2172 c = *p;
2173 }
2174 *p = 0;
2175 status = reg_name_search (name);
2176 if (status >= 0)
2177 num = status;
2178 else
2179 {
2180 if (print_errors)
2181 as_bad (_("Undefined register: '%s'."), name);
2182 num = -1;
2183 }
2184 *p = c;
2185 }
2186
2187 pa_number = num;
2188 }
2189 else
2190 {
2191 /* And finally, it could be a symbol in the absolute section which
2192 is effectively a constant, or a register alias symbol. */
2193 name = p;
2194 c = *p;
2195 while (is_part_of_name (c))
2196 {
2197 p = p + 1;
2198 c = *p;
2199 }
2200 *p = 0;
2201 if ((sym = symbol_find (name)) != NULL)
2202 {
2203 if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == reg_section)
2204 {
2205 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2206 /* Well, we don't really have one, but we do have a
2207 register, so... */
2208 have_prefix = TRUE;
2209 }
2210 else if (S_GET_SEGMENT (sym) == &bfd_abs_section)
2211 num = S_GET_VALUE (sym);
2212 else if (!strict)
2213 {
2214 if (print_errors)
2215 as_bad (_("Non-absolute symbol: '%s'."), name);
2216 num = -1;
2217 }
2218 }
2219 else if (!strict)
2220 {
2221 /* There is where we'd come for an undefined symbol
2222 or for an empty string. For an empty string we
2223 will return zero. That's a concession made for
2224 compatibility with the braindamaged HP assemblers. */
2225 if (*name == 0)
2226 num = 0;
2227 else
2228 {
2229 if (print_errors)
2230 as_bad (_("Undefined absolute constant: '%s'."), name);
2231 num = -1;
2232 }
2233 }
2234 *p = c;
2235
2236 pa_number = num;
2237 }
2238
2239 if (!strict || have_prefix)
2240 {
2241 *s = p;
2242 return 1;
2243 }
2244 return 0;
2245 }
2246
2247 /* Return nonzero if the given INSN and L/R information will require
2248 a new PA-1.1 opcode. */
2249
2250 static int
2251 need_pa11_opcode (void)
2252 {
2253 if ((pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL) != 0
2254 && !(the_insn.fpof1 == DBL && the_insn.fpof2 == DBL))
2255 {
2256 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
2257 then set a new architecture. */
2258 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < pa11)
2259 {
2260 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, pa11))
2261 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
2262 }
2263 return TRUE;
2264 }
2265 else
2266 return FALSE;
2267 }
2268
2269 /* Parse a condition for a fcmp instruction. Return the numerical
2270 code associated with the condition. */
2271
2272 static int
2273 pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (char **s)
2274 {
2275 int cond, i;
2276
2277 cond = 0;
2278
2279 for (i = 0; i < 32; i++)
2280 {
2281 if (strncasecmp (*s, fp_cond_map[i].string,
2282 strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string)) == 0)
2283 {
2284 cond = fp_cond_map[i].cond;
2285 *s += strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2286 /* If not a complete match, back up the input string and
2287 report an error. */
2288 if (**s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2289 {
2290 *s -= strlen (fp_cond_map[i].string);
2291 break;
2292 }
2293 while (**s == ' ' || **s == '\t')
2294 *s = *s + 1;
2295 return cond;
2296 }
2297 }
2298
2299 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Compare Condition: %s"), *s);
2300
2301 /* Advance over the bogus completer. */
2302 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2303 *s += 1;
2304
2305 return 0;
2306 }
2307
2308 /* Parse a graphics test complete for ftest. */
2309
2310 static int
2311 pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (char **s)
2312 {
2313 int value;
2314
2315 value = 0;
2316 if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc8", 4) == 0)
2317 {
2318 value = 5;
2319 *s += 4;
2320 }
2321 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc6", 4) == 0)
2322 {
2323 value = 9;
2324 *s += 4;
2325 }
2326 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc4", 4) == 0)
2327 {
2328 value = 13;
2329 *s += 4;
2330 }
2331 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc2", 4) == 0)
2332 {
2333 value = 17;
2334 *s += 4;
2335 }
2336 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "acc", 3) == 0)
2337 {
2338 value = 1;
2339 *s += 3;
2340 }
2341 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej8", 4) == 0)
2342 {
2343 value = 6;
2344 *s += 4;
2345 }
2346 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "rej", 3) == 0)
2347 {
2348 value = 2;
2349 *s += 3;
2350 }
2351 else
2352 {
2353 value = 0;
2354 as_bad (_("Invalid FTEST completer: %s"), *s);
2355 }
2356
2357 return value;
2358 }
2359
2360 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2361 type. */
2362
2363 static fp_operand_format
2364 pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (char **s)
2365 {
2366 int format;
2367
2368 format = SGL;
2369 if (**s == ',')
2370 {
2371 *s += 1;
2372 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2373 {
2374 format = SGL;
2375 *s += 4;
2376 }
2377 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2378 {
2379 format = DBL;
2380 *s += 4;
2381 }
2382 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2383 {
2384 format = QUAD;
2385 *s += 5;
2386 }
2387 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "w", 1) == 0)
2388 {
2389 format = W;
2390 *s += 2;
2391 }
2392 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uw", 2) == 0)
2393 {
2394 format = UW;
2395 *s += 3;
2396 }
2397 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dw", 2) == 0)
2398 {
2399 format = DW;
2400 *s += 3;
2401 }
2402 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "udw", 3) == 0)
2403 {
2404 format = UDW;
2405 *s += 4;
2406 }
2407 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "qw", 2) == 0)
2408 {
2409 format = QW;
2410 *s += 3;
2411 }
2412 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "uqw", 3) == 0)
2413 {
2414 format = UQW;
2415 *s += 4;
2416 }
2417 else
2418 {
2419 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2420 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2421 }
2422 }
2423
2424 return format;
2425 }
2426
2427 /* Parse an FP operand format completer returning the completer
2428 type. */
2429
2430 static fp_operand_format
2431 pa_parse_fp_format (char **s)
2432 {
2433 int format;
2434
2435 format = SGL;
2436 if (**s == ',')
2437 {
2438 *s += 1;
2439 if (strncasecmp (*s, "sgl", 3) == 0)
2440 {
2441 format = SGL;
2442 *s += 4;
2443 }
2444 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "dbl", 3) == 0)
2445 {
2446 format = DBL;
2447 *s += 4;
2448 }
2449 else if (strncasecmp (*s, "quad", 4) == 0)
2450 {
2451 format = QUAD;
2452 *s += 5;
2453 }
2454 else
2455 {
2456 format = ILLEGAL_FMT;
2457 as_bad (_("Invalid FP Operand Format: %3s"), *s);
2458 }
2459 }
2460
2461 return format;
2462 }
2463
2464 /* Convert from a selector string into a selector type. */
2465
2466 static int
2467 pa_chk_field_selector (char **str)
2468 {
2469 int middle, low, high;
2470 int cmp;
2471 char name[4];
2472
2473 /* Read past any whitespace. */
2474 /* FIXME: should we read past newlines and formfeeds??? */
2475 while (**str == ' ' || **str == '\t' || **str == '\n' || **str == '\f')
2476 *str = *str + 1;
2477
2478 if ((*str)[1] == '\'' || (*str)[1] == '%')
2479 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2480 name[1] = 0;
2481 else if ((*str)[2] == '\'' || (*str)[2] == '%')
2482 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2483 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2484 name[2] = 0;
2485 else if ((*str)[3] == '\'' || (*str)[3] == '%')
2486 name[0] = TOLOWER ((*str)[0]),
2487 name[1] = TOLOWER ((*str)[1]),
2488 name[2] = TOLOWER ((*str)[2]),
2489 name[3] = 0;
2490 else
2491 return e_fsel;
2492
2493 low = 0;
2494 high = sizeof (selector_table) / sizeof (struct selector_entry) - 1;
2495
2496 do
2497 {
2498 middle = (low + high) / 2;
2499 cmp = strcmp (name, selector_table[middle].prefix);
2500 if (cmp < 0)
2501 high = middle - 1;
2502 else if (cmp > 0)
2503 low = middle + 1;
2504 else
2505 {
2506 *str += strlen (name) + 1;
2507 #ifndef OBJ_SOM
2508 if (selector_table[middle].field_selector == e_nsel)
2509 return e_fsel;
2510 #endif
2511 return selector_table[middle].field_selector;
2512 }
2513 }
2514 while (low <= high);
2515
2516 return e_fsel;
2517 }
2518
2519 /* Parse a .byte, .word, .long expression for the HPPA. Called by
2520 cons via the TC_PARSE_CONS_EXPRESSION macro. */
2521
2522 void
2523 parse_cons_expression_hppa (expressionS *exp)
2524 {
2525 hppa_field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&input_line_pointer);
2526 expression (exp);
2527 }
2528
2529 /* Evaluate an absolute expression EXP which may be modified by
2530 the selector FIELD_SELECTOR. Return the value of the expression. */
2531 static int
2532 evaluate_absolute (struct pa_it *insn)
2533 {
2534 offsetT value;
2535 expressionS exp;
2536 int field_selector = insn->field_selector;
2537
2538 exp = insn->exp;
2539 value = exp.X_add_number;
2540
2541 return hppa_field_adjust (0, value, field_selector);
2542 }
2543
2544 /* Mark (via expr_end) the end of an absolute expression. FIXME. */
2545
2546 static int
2547 pa_get_absolute_expression (struct pa_it *insn, char **strp)
2548 {
2549 char *save_in;
2550
2551 insn->field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (strp);
2552 save_in = input_line_pointer;
2553 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2554 expression (&insn->exp);
2555 /* This is not perfect, but is a huge improvement over doing nothing.
2556
2557 The PA assembly syntax is ambiguous in a variety of ways. Consider
2558 this string "4 %r5" Is that the number 4 followed by the register
2559 r5, or is that 4 MOD r5?
2560
2561 If we get a modulo expression when looking for an absolute, we try
2562 again cutting off the input string at the first whitespace character. */
2563 if (insn->exp.X_op == O_modulus)
2564 {
2565 char *s, c;
2566
2567 input_line_pointer = *strp;
2568 s = *strp;
2569 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
2570 s++;
2571
2572 c = *s;
2573 *s = 0;
2574
2575 pa_get_absolute_expression (insn, strp);
2576
2577 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2578 *s = c;
2579 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2580 }
2581 /* When in strict mode we have a non-match, fix up the pointers
2582 and return to our caller. */
2583 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant && strict)
2584 {
2585 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2586 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2587 return 0;
2588 }
2589 if (insn->exp.X_op != O_constant)
2590 {
2591 as_bad (_("Bad segment (should be absolute)."));
2592 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2593 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2594 return 0;
2595 }
2596 expr_end = input_line_pointer;
2597 input_line_pointer = save_in;
2598 return evaluate_absolute (insn);
2599 }
2600
2601 /* Given an argument location specification return the associated
2602 argument location number. */
2603
2604 static unsigned int
2605 pa_build_arg_reloc (char *type_name)
2606 {
2607
2608 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "no", 2) == 0)
2609 return 0;
2610 if (strncasecmp (type_name, "gr", 2) == 0)
2611 return 1;
2612 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fr", 2) == 0)
2613 return 2;
2614 else if (strncasecmp (type_name, "fu", 2) == 0)
2615 return 3;
2616 else
2617 as_bad (_("Invalid argument location: %s\n"), type_name);
2618
2619 return 0;
2620 }
2621
2622 /* Encode and return an argument relocation specification for
2623 the given register in the location specified by arg_reloc. */
2624
2625 static unsigned int
2626 pa_align_arg_reloc (unsigned int reg, unsigned int arg_reloc)
2627 {
2628 unsigned int new_reloc;
2629
2630 new_reloc = arg_reloc;
2631 switch (reg)
2632 {
2633 case 0:
2634 new_reloc <<= 8;
2635 break;
2636 case 1:
2637 new_reloc <<= 6;
2638 break;
2639 case 2:
2640 new_reloc <<= 4;
2641 break;
2642 case 3:
2643 new_reloc <<= 2;
2644 break;
2645 default:
2646 as_bad (_("Invalid argument description: %d"), reg);
2647 }
2648
2649 return new_reloc;
2650 }
2651
2652 /* Parse a non-negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2653 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2654
2655 static int
2656 pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2657 {
2658 int cmpltr;
2659 char *name = *s + 1;
2660 char c;
2661 char *save_s = *s;
2662 int nullify = 0;
2663
2664 cmpltr = 0;
2665 if (**s == ',')
2666 {
2667 *s += 1;
2668 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2669 *s += 1;
2670 c = **s;
2671 **s = 0x00;
2672
2673 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2674 {
2675 cmpltr = 1;
2676 }
2677 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2678 {
2679 cmpltr = 2;
2680 }
2681 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2682 {
2683 cmpltr = 3;
2684 }
2685 else if (strcmp (name, "<<") == 0)
2686 {
2687 cmpltr = 4;
2688 }
2689 else if (strcmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
2690 {
2691 cmpltr = 5;
2692 }
2693 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2694 {
2695 cmpltr = 6;
2696 }
2697 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2698 {
2699 cmpltr = 7;
2700 }
2701 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2702 completer. */
2703 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2704 {
2705 cmpltr = 0;
2706 nullify = 1;
2707 }
2708 else
2709 {
2710 cmpltr = -1;
2711 }
2712 **s = c;
2713 }
2714
2715 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2716 if (nullify)
2717 *s = save_s;
2718
2719 return cmpltr;
2720 }
2721
2722 /* Parse a negated compare/subtract completer returning the
2723 number (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2724
2725 static int
2726 pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (char **s)
2727 {
2728 int cmpltr;
2729 char *name = *s + 1;
2730 char c;
2731 char *save_s = *s;
2732 int nullify = 0;
2733
2734 cmpltr = 0;
2735 if (**s == ',')
2736 {
2737 *s += 1;
2738 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2739 *s += 1;
2740 c = **s;
2741 **s = 0x00;
2742
2743 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
2744 {
2745 cmpltr = 0;
2746 }
2747 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
2748 {
2749 cmpltr = 1;
2750 }
2751 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
2752 {
2753 cmpltr = 2;
2754 }
2755 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
2756 {
2757 cmpltr = 3;
2758 }
2759 else if (strcmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
2760 {
2761 cmpltr = 4;
2762 }
2763 else if (strcmp (name, ">>") == 0)
2764 {
2765 cmpltr = 5;
2766 }
2767 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
2768 {
2769 cmpltr = 6;
2770 }
2771 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
2772 {
2773 cmpltr = 7;
2774 }
2775 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
2776 completer. */
2777 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
2778 {
2779 cmpltr = 0;
2780 nullify = 1;
2781 }
2782 else
2783 {
2784 cmpltr = -1;
2785 }
2786 **s = c;
2787 }
2788
2789 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
2790 if (nullify)
2791 *s = save_s;
2792
2793 return cmpltr;
2794 }
2795
2796 /* Parse a 64 bit compare and branch completer returning the number (for
2797 encoding in instructions) of the given completer.
2798
2799 Nonnegated comparisons are returned as 0-7, negated comparisons are
2800 returned as 8-15. */
2801
2802 static int
2803 pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2804 {
2805 int cmpltr;
2806 char *name = *s + 1;
2807 char c;
2808
2809 cmpltr = -1;
2810 if (**s == ',')
2811 {
2812 *s += 1;
2813 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2814 *s += 1;
2815 c = **s;
2816 **s = 0x00;
2817
2818 if (strcmp (name, "*") == 0)
2819 {
2820 cmpltr = 0;
2821 }
2822 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2823 {
2824 cmpltr = 1;
2825 }
2826 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2827 {
2828 cmpltr = 2;
2829 }
2830 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2831 {
2832 cmpltr = 3;
2833 }
2834 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2835 {
2836 cmpltr = 4;
2837 }
2838 else if (strcmp (name, "*<<=") == 0)
2839 {
2840 cmpltr = 5;
2841 }
2842 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*sv") == 0)
2843 {
2844 cmpltr = 6;
2845 }
2846 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*od") == 0)
2847 {
2848 cmpltr = 7;
2849 }
2850 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*tr") == 0)
2851 {
2852 cmpltr = 8;
2853 }
2854 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2855 {
2856 cmpltr = 9;
2857 }
2858 else if (strcmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2859 {
2860 cmpltr = 10;
2861 }
2862 else if (strcmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2863 {
2864 cmpltr = 11;
2865 }
2866 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2867 {
2868 cmpltr = 12;
2869 }
2870 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>") == 0)
2871 {
2872 cmpltr = 13;
2873 }
2874 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*nsv") == 0)
2875 {
2876 cmpltr = 14;
2877 }
2878 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*ev") == 0)
2879 {
2880 cmpltr = 15;
2881 }
2882 else
2883 {
2884 cmpltr = -1;
2885 }
2886 **s = c;
2887 }
2888
2889 return cmpltr;
2890 }
2891
2892 /* Parse a 64 bit compare immediate and branch completer returning the number
2893 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2894
2895 static int
2896 pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (char **s)
2897 {
2898 int cmpltr;
2899 char *name = *s + 1;
2900 char c;
2901
2902 cmpltr = -1;
2903 if (**s == ',')
2904 {
2905 *s += 1;
2906 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2907 *s += 1;
2908 c = **s;
2909 **s = 0x00;
2910
2911 if (strcmp (name, "*<<") == 0)
2912 {
2913 cmpltr = 0;
2914 }
2915 else if (strcmp (name, "*=") == 0)
2916 {
2917 cmpltr = 1;
2918 }
2919 else if (strcmp (name, "*<") == 0)
2920 {
2921 cmpltr = 2;
2922 }
2923 else if (strcmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
2924 {
2925 cmpltr = 3;
2926 }
2927 else if (strcmp (name, "*>>=") == 0)
2928 {
2929 cmpltr = 4;
2930 }
2931 else if (strcmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
2932 {
2933 cmpltr = 5;
2934 }
2935 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
2936 {
2937 cmpltr = 6;
2938 }
2939 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
2940 {
2941 cmpltr = 7;
2942 }
2943 else
2944 {
2945 cmpltr = -1;
2946 }
2947 **s = c;
2948 }
2949
2950 return cmpltr;
2951 }
2952
2953 /* Parse a non-negated addition completer returning the number
2954 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
2955
2956 static int
2957 pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
2958 {
2959 int cmpltr;
2960 char *name = *s + 1;
2961 char c;
2962 char *save_s = *s;
2963 int nullify = 0;
2964
2965 cmpltr = 0;
2966 if (**s == ',')
2967 {
2968 *s += 1;
2969 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
2970 *s += 1;
2971 c = **s;
2972 **s = 0x00;
2973 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
2974 {
2975 cmpltr = 1;
2976 }
2977 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
2978 {
2979 cmpltr = 2;
2980 }
2981 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
2982 {
2983 cmpltr = 3;
2984 }
2985 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
2986 {
2987 cmpltr = 4;
2988 }
2989 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
2990 {
2991 cmpltr = 5;
2992 }
2993 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
2994 {
2995 cmpltr = 6;
2996 }
2997 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
2998 {
2999 cmpltr = 7;
3000 }
3001 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3002 completer. */
3003 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3004 {
3005 cmpltr = 0;
3006 nullify = 1;
3007 }
3008 else
3009 {
3010 cmpltr = -1;
3011 }
3012 **s = c;
3013 }
3014
3015 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3016 if (nullify)
3017 *s = save_s;
3018
3019 return cmpltr;
3020 }
3021
3022 /* Parse a negated addition completer returning the number
3023 (for encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3024
3025 static int
3026 pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (char **s)
3027 {
3028 int cmpltr;
3029 char *name = *s + 1;
3030 char c;
3031 char *save_s = *s;
3032 int nullify = 0;
3033
3034 cmpltr = 0;
3035 if (**s == ',')
3036 {
3037 *s += 1;
3038 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3039 *s += 1;
3040 c = **s;
3041 **s = 0x00;
3042 if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3043 {
3044 cmpltr = 0;
3045 }
3046 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3047 {
3048 cmpltr = 1;
3049 }
3050 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3051 {
3052 cmpltr = 2;
3053 }
3054 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3055 {
3056 cmpltr = 3;
3057 }
3058 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3059 {
3060 cmpltr = 4;
3061 }
3062 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
3063 {
3064 cmpltr = 5;
3065 }
3066 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
3067 {
3068 cmpltr = 6;
3069 }
3070 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
3071 {
3072 cmpltr = 7;
3073 }
3074 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3075 completer. */
3076 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3077 {
3078 cmpltr = 0;
3079 nullify = 1;
3080 }
3081 else
3082 {
3083 cmpltr = -1;
3084 }
3085 **s = c;
3086 }
3087
3088 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3089 if (nullify)
3090 *s = save_s;
3091
3092 return cmpltr;
3093 }
3094
3095 /* Parse a 64 bit wide mode add and branch completer returning the number (for
3096 encoding in instructions) of the given completer. */
3097
3098 static int
3099 pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (char **s)
3100 {
3101 int cmpltr;
3102 char *name = *s + 1;
3103 char c;
3104 char *save_s = *s;
3105 int nullify = 0;
3106
3107 cmpltr = 0;
3108 if (**s == ',')
3109 {
3110 *s += 1;
3111 while (**s != ',' && **s != ' ' && **s != '\t')
3112 *s += 1;
3113 c = **s;
3114 **s = 0x00;
3115 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
3116 {
3117 cmpltr = 1;
3118 }
3119 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
3120 {
3121 cmpltr = 2;
3122 }
3123 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
3124 {
3125 cmpltr = 3;
3126 }
3127 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
3128 {
3129 cmpltr = 4;
3130 }
3131 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*=") == 0)
3132 {
3133 cmpltr = 5;
3134 }
3135 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<") == 0)
3136 {
3137 cmpltr = 6;
3138 }
3139 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<=") == 0)
3140 {
3141 cmpltr = 7;
3142 }
3143 else if (strcmp (name, "tr") == 0)
3144 {
3145 cmpltr = 8;
3146 }
3147 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
3148 {
3149 cmpltr = 9;
3150 }
3151 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
3152 {
3153 cmpltr = 10;
3154 }
3155 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
3156 {
3157 cmpltr = 11;
3158 }
3159 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
3160 {
3161 cmpltr = 12;
3162 }
3163 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*<>") == 0)
3164 {
3165 cmpltr = 13;
3166 }
3167 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>=") == 0)
3168 {
3169 cmpltr = 14;
3170 }
3171 else if (strcasecmp (name, "*>") == 0)
3172 {
3173 cmpltr = 15;
3174 }
3175 /* If we have something like addb,n then there is no condition
3176 completer. */
3177 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0)
3178 {
3179 cmpltr = 0;
3180 nullify = 1;
3181 }
3182 else
3183 {
3184 cmpltr = -1;
3185 }
3186 **s = c;
3187 }
3188
3189 /* Reset pointers if this was really a ,n for a branch instruction. */
3190 if (nullify)
3191 *s = save_s;
3192
3193 return cmpltr;
3194 }
3195
3196 /* Do the real work for assembling a single instruction. Store results
3197 into the global "the_insn" variable. */
3198
3199 static void
3200 pa_ip (char *str)
3201 {
3202 char *error_message = "";
3203 char *s, c, *argstart, *name, *save_s;
3204 const char *args;
3205 int match = FALSE;
3206 int comma = 0;
3207 int cmpltr, nullif, flag, cond, num;
3208 int immediate_check = 0, pos = -1, len = -1;
3209 unsigned long opcode;
3210 struct pa_opcode *insn;
3211
3212 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
3213 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
3214 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
3215 #endif
3216
3217 /* Convert everything up to the first whitespace character into lower
3218 case. */
3219 for (s = str; *s != ' ' && *s != '\t' && *s != '\n' && *s != '\0'; s++)
3220 *s = TOLOWER (*s);
3221
3222 /* Skip to something interesting. */
3223 for (s = str;
3224 ISUPPER (*s) || ISLOWER (*s) || (*s >= '0' && *s <= '3');
3225 ++s)
3226 ;
3227
3228 switch (*s)
3229 {
3230
3231 case '\0':
3232 break;
3233
3234 case ',':
3235 comma = 1;
3236
3237 /*FALLTHROUGH */
3238
3239 case ' ':
3240 *s++ = '\0';
3241 break;
3242
3243 default:
3244 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3245 return;
3246 }
3247
3248 /* Look up the opcode in the hash table. */
3249 if ((insn = (struct pa_opcode *) hash_find (op_hash, str)) == NULL)
3250 {
3251 as_bad (_("Unknown opcode: `%s'"), str);
3252 return;
3253 }
3254
3255 if (comma)
3256 *--s = ',';
3257
3258 /* Mark the location where arguments for the instruction start, then
3259 start processing them. */
3260 argstart = s;
3261 for (;;)
3262 {
3263 /* Do some initialization. */
3264 opcode = insn->match;
3265 strict = (insn->flags & FLAG_STRICT);
3266 memset (&the_insn, 0, sizeof (the_insn));
3267
3268 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_NONE;
3269
3270 if (insn->arch >= pa20
3271 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch)
3272 goto failed;
3273
3274 /* Build the opcode, checking as we go to make
3275 sure that the operands match. */
3276 for (args = insn->args;; ++args)
3277 {
3278 /* Absorb white space in instruction. */
3279 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3280 s++;
3281
3282 switch (*args)
3283 {
3284 /* End of arguments. */
3285 case '\0':
3286 if (*s == '\0')
3287 match = TRUE;
3288 break;
3289
3290 case '+':
3291 if (*s == '+')
3292 {
3293 ++s;
3294 continue;
3295 }
3296 if (*s == '-')
3297 continue;
3298 break;
3299
3300 /* These must match exactly. */
3301 case '(':
3302 case ')':
3303 case ',':
3304 case ' ':
3305 if (*s++ == *args)
3306 continue;
3307 break;
3308
3309 /* Handle a 5 bit register or control register field at 10. */
3310 case 'b':
3311 case '^':
3312 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3313 break;
3314 num = pa_number;
3315 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3316 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3317
3318 /* Handle %sar or %cr11. No bits get set, we just verify that it
3319 is there. */
3320 case '!':
3321 /* Skip whitespace before register. */
3322 while (*s == ' ' || *s == '\t')
3323 s = s + 1;
3324
3325 if (!strncasecmp (s, "%sar", 4))
3326 {
3327 s += 4;
3328 continue;
3329 }
3330 else if (!strncasecmp (s, "%cr11", 5))
3331 {
3332 s += 5;
3333 continue;
3334 }
3335 break;
3336
3337 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 15. */
3338 case 'x':
3339 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3340 break;
3341 num = pa_number;
3342 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3343 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3344
3345 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 31. */
3346 case 't':
3347 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3348 break;
3349 num = pa_number;
3350 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3351 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3352
3353 /* Handle a 5 bit register field at 10 and 15. */
3354 case 'a':
3355 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3356 break;
3357 num = pa_number;
3358 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
3359 opcode |= num << 16;
3360 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
3361
3362 /* Handle a 5 bit field length at 31. */
3363 case 'T':
3364 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3365 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3366 break;
3367 s = expr_end;
3368 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32, 1, 0);
3369 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
3370 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 32 - num, 0);
3371
3372 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3373 case '5':
3374 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3375 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3376 break;
3377 s = expr_end;
3378 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3379 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3380 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3381 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3382 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3383
3384 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3385 case 'V':
3386 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3387 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3388 break;
3389 s = expr_end;
3390 /* When in strict mode, we want to just reject this
3391 match instead of giving an out of range error. */
3392 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, -16, strict);
3393 num = low_sign_unext (num, 5);
3394 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3395
3396 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 31. */
3397 case 'r':
3398 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3399 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3400 break;
3401 s = expr_end;
3402 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3403 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
3404
3405 /* Handle an unsigned 5 bit immediate at 15. */
3406 case 'R':
3407 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3408 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3409 break;
3410 s = expr_end;
3411 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
3412 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3413
3414 /* Handle an unsigned 10 bit immediate at 15. */
3415 case 'U':
3416 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
3417 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
3418 break;
3419 s = expr_end;
3420 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
3421 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
3422
3423 /* Handle a 2 bit space identifier at 17. */
3424 case 's':
3425 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3426 break;
3427 num = pa_number;
3428 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 0, 1);
3429 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 14);
3430
3431 /* Handle a 3 bit space identifier at 18. */
3432 case 'S':
3433 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 0))
3434 break;
3435 num = pa_number;
3436 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, 1);
3437 opcode |= re_assemble_3 (num);
3438 continue;
3439
3440 /* Handle all completers. */
3441 case 'c':
3442 switch (*++args)
3443 {
3444
3445 /* Handle a completer for an indexing load or store. */
3446 case 'X':
3447 case 'x':
3448 {
3449 int uu = 0;
3450 int m = 0;
3451 int i = 0;
3452 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3453 {
3454 s++;
3455 if (strncasecmp (s, "sm", 2) == 0)
3456 {
3457 uu = 1;
3458 m = 1;
3459 s++;
3460 i++;
3461 }
3462 else if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3463 m = 1;
3464 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "s ", 2) == 0)
3465 || (strncasecmp (s, "s,", 2) == 0))
3466 uu = 1;
3467 else if (strict)
3468 {
3469 /* This is a match failure. */
3470 s--;
3471 break;
3472 }
3473 else
3474 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer."));
3475 s++;
3476 i++;
3477 }
3478 if (i > 2)
3479 as_bad (_("Invalid Indexed Load Completer Syntax."));
3480 opcode |= m << 5;
3481 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, uu, 13);
3482 }
3483
3484 /* Handle a short load/store completer. */
3485 case 'M':
3486 case 'm':
3487 case 'q':
3488 case 'J':
3489 case 'e':
3490 {
3491 int a = 0;
3492 int m = 0;
3493 if (*s == ',')
3494 {
3495 s++;
3496 if (strncasecmp (s, "ma", 2) == 0)
3497 {
3498 a = 0;
3499 m = 1;
3500 s += 2;
3501 }
3502 else if (strncasecmp (s, "mb", 2) == 0)
3503 {
3504 a = 1;
3505 m = 1;
3506 s += 2;
3507 }
3508 else if (strict)
3509 /* This is a match failure. */
3510 s--;
3511 else
3512 {
3513 as_bad (_("Invalid Short Load/Store Completer."));
3514 s += 2;
3515 }
3516 }
3517 /* If we did not get a ma/mb completer, then we do not
3518 consider this a positive match for 'ce'. */
3519 else if (*args == 'e')
3520 break;
3521
3522 /* 'J', 'm', 'M' and 'q' are the same, except for where they
3523 encode the before/after field. */
3524 if (*args == 'm' || *args == 'M')
3525 {
3526 opcode |= m << 5;
3527 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3528 }
3529 else if (*args == 'q')
3530 {
3531 opcode |= m << 3;
3532 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3533 }
3534 else if (*args == 'J')
3535 {
3536 /* M bit is explicit in the major opcode. */
3537 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 2);
3538 }
3539 else if (*args == 'e')
3540 {
3541 /* Stash the ma/mb flag temporarily in the
3542 instruction. We will use (and remove it)
3543 later when handling 'J', 'K', '<' & '>'. */
3544 opcode |= a;
3545 continue;
3546 }
3547 }
3548
3549 /* Handle a stbys completer. */
3550 case 'A':
3551 case 's':
3552 {
3553 int a = 0;
3554 int m = 0;
3555 int i = 0;
3556 while (*s == ',' && i < 2)
3557 {
3558 s++;
3559 if (strncasecmp (s, "m", 1) == 0)
3560 m = 1;
3561 else if ((strncasecmp (s, "b ", 2) == 0)
3562 || (strncasecmp (s, "b,", 2) == 0))
3563 a = 0;
3564 else if (strncasecmp (s, "e", 1) == 0)
3565 a = 1;
3566 /* In strict mode, this is a match failure. */
3567 else if (strict)
3568 {
3569 s--;
3570 break;
3571 }
3572 else
3573 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3574 s++;
3575 i++;
3576 }
3577 if (i > 2)
3578 as_bad (_("Invalid Store Bytes Short Completer"));
3579 opcode |= m << 5;
3580 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, a, 13);
3581 }
3582
3583 /* Handle load cache hint completer. */
3584 case 'c':
3585 cmpltr = 0;
3586 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3587 {
3588 s += 3;
3589 cmpltr = 2;
3590 }
3591 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3592
3593 /* Handle store cache hint completer. */
3594 case 'C':
3595 cmpltr = 0;
3596 if (!strncmp (s, ",sl", 3))
3597 {
3598 s += 3;
3599 cmpltr = 2;
3600 }
3601 else if (!strncmp (s, ",bc", 3))
3602 {
3603 s += 3;
3604 cmpltr = 1;
3605 }
3606 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3607
3608 /* Handle load and clear cache hint completer. */
3609 case 'd':
3610 cmpltr = 0;
3611 if (!strncmp (s, ",co", 3))
3612 {
3613 s += 3;
3614 cmpltr = 1;
3615 }
3616 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 10);
3617
3618 /* Handle load ordering completer. */
3619 case 'o':
3620 if (strncmp (s, ",o", 2) != 0)
3621 break;
3622 s += 2;
3623 continue;
3624
3625 /* Handle a branch gate completer. */
3626 case 'g':
3627 if (strncasecmp (s, ",gate", 5) != 0)
3628 break;
3629 s += 5;
3630 continue;
3631
3632 /* Handle a branch link and push completer. */
3633 case 'p':
3634 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l,push", 7) != 0)
3635 break;
3636 s += 7;
3637 continue;
3638
3639 /* Handle a branch link completer. */
3640 case 'l':
3641 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3642 break;
3643 s += 2;
3644 continue;
3645
3646 /* Handle a branch pop completer. */
3647 case 'P':
3648 if (strncasecmp (s, ",pop", 4) != 0)
3649 break;
3650 s += 4;
3651 continue;
3652
3653 /* Handle a local processor completer. */
3654 case 'L':
3655 if (strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2) != 0)
3656 break;
3657 s += 2;
3658 continue;
3659
3660 /* Handle a PROBE read/write completer. */
3661 case 'w':
3662 flag = 0;
3663 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2))
3664 {
3665 flag = 1;
3666 s += 2;
3667 }
3668 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3669 {
3670 flag = 0;
3671 s += 2;
3672 }
3673
3674 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3675
3676 /* Handle MFCTL wide completer. */
3677 case 'W':
3678 if (strncasecmp (s, ",w", 2) != 0)
3679 break;
3680 s += 2;
3681 continue;
3682
3683 /* Handle an RFI restore completer. */
3684 case 'r':
3685 flag = 0;
3686 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",r", 2))
3687 {
3688 flag = 5;
3689 s += 2;
3690 }
3691
3692 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3693
3694 /* Handle a system control completer. */
3695 case 'Z':
3696 if (*s == ',' && (*(s + 1) == 'm' || *(s + 1) == 'M'))
3697 {
3698 flag = 1;
3699 s += 2;
3700 }
3701 else
3702 flag = 0;
3703
3704 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 5);
3705
3706 /* Handle intermediate/final completer for DCOR. */
3707 case 'i':
3708 flag = 0;
3709 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",i", 2))
3710 {
3711 flag = 1;
3712 s += 2;
3713 }
3714
3715 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3716
3717 /* Handle zero/sign extension completer. */
3718 case 'z':
3719 flag = 1;
3720 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",z", 2))
3721 {
3722 flag = 0;
3723 s += 2;
3724 }
3725
3726 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3727
3728 /* Handle add completer. */
3729 case 'a':
3730 flag = 1;
3731 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",l", 2))
3732 {
3733 flag = 2;
3734 s += 2;
3735 }
3736 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3737 {
3738 flag = 3;
3739 s += 4;
3740 }
3741
3742 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 10);
3743
3744 /* Handle 64 bit carry for ADD. */
3745 case 'Y':
3746 flag = 0;
3747 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc,tsv", 7) ||
3748 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,dc", 7))
3749 {
3750 flag = 1;
3751 s += 7;
3752 }
3753 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",dc", 3))
3754 {
3755 flag = 0;
3756 s += 3;
3757 }
3758 else
3759 break;
3760
3761 /* Set doubleword carry bit. */
3762 opcode |= 0x20;
3763 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3764
3765 /* Handle 32 bit carry for ADD. */
3766 case 'y':
3767 flag = 0;
3768 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c,tsv", 6) ||
3769 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,c", 6))
3770 {
3771 flag = 1;
3772 s += 6;
3773 }
3774 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",c", 2))
3775 {
3776 flag = 0;
3777 s += 2;
3778 }
3779 else
3780 break;
3781
3782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3783
3784 /* Handle trap on signed overflow. */
3785 case 'v':
3786 flag = 0;
3787 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tsv", 4))
3788 {
3789 flag = 1;
3790 s += 4;
3791 }
3792
3793 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3794
3795 /* Handle trap on condition and overflow. */
3796 case 't':
3797 flag = 0;
3798 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc,tsv", 7) ||
3799 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,tc", 7))
3800 {
3801 flag = 1;
3802 s += 7;
3803 }
3804 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3805 {
3806 flag = 0;
3807 s += 3;
3808 }
3809 else
3810 break;
3811
3812 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3813
3814 /* Handle 64 bit borrow for SUB. */
3815 case 'B':
3816 flag = 0;
3817 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db,tsv", 7) ||
3818 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,db", 7))
3819 {
3820 flag = 1;
3821 s += 7;
3822 }
3823 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",db", 3))
3824 {
3825 flag = 0;
3826 s += 3;
3827 }
3828 else
3829 break;
3830
3831 /* Set doubleword borrow bit. */
3832 opcode |= 0x20;
3833 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3834
3835 /* Handle 32 bit borrow for SUB. */
3836 case 'b':
3837 flag = 0;
3838 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b,tsv", 6) ||
3839 !strncasecmp (s, ",tsv,b", 6))
3840 {
3841 flag = 1;
3842 s += 6;
3843 }
3844 else if (!strncasecmp (s, ",b", 2))
3845 {
3846 flag = 0;
3847 s += 2;
3848 }
3849 else
3850 break;
3851
3852 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
3853
3854 /* Handle trap condition completer for UADDCM. */
3855 case 'T':
3856 flag = 0;
3857 if (!strncasecmp (s, ",tc", 3))
3858 {
3859 flag = 1;
3860 s += 3;
3861 }
3862
3863 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 6);
3864
3865 /* Handle signed/unsigned at 21. */
3866 case 'S':
3867 {
3868 int sign = 1;
3869 if (strncasecmp (s, ",s", 2) == 0)
3870 {
3871 sign = 1;
3872 s += 2;
3873 }
3874 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",u", 2) == 0)
3875 {
3876 sign = 0;
3877 s += 2;
3878 }
3879
3880 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sign, 10);
3881 }
3882
3883 /* Handle left/right combination at 17:18. */
3884 case 'h':
3885 if (*s++ == ',')
3886 {
3887 int lr = 0;
3888 if (*s == 'r')
3889 lr = 2;
3890 else if (*s == 'l')
3891 lr = 0;
3892 else
3893 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3894
3895 s++;
3896 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, lr, 13);
3897 }
3898 else
3899 as_bad (_("Invalid left/right combination completer"));
3900 break;
3901
3902 /* Handle saturation at 24:25. */
3903 case 'H':
3904 {
3905 int sat = 3;
3906 if (strncasecmp (s, ",ss", 3) == 0)
3907 {
3908 sat = 1;
3909 s += 3;
3910 }
3911 else if (strncasecmp (s, ",us", 3) == 0)
3912 {
3913 sat = 0;
3914 s += 3;
3915 }
3916
3917 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, sat, 6);
3918 }
3919
3920 /* Handle permutation completer. */
3921 case '*':
3922 if (*s++ == ',')
3923 {
3924 int permloc[4];
3925 int perm = 0;
3926 int i = 0;
3927 permloc[0] = 13;
3928 permloc[1] = 10;
3929 permloc[2] = 8;
3930 permloc[3] = 6;
3931 for (; i < 4; i++)
3932 {
3933 switch (*s++)
3934 {
3935 case '0':
3936 perm = 0;
3937 break;
3938 case '1':
3939 perm = 1;
3940 break;
3941 case '2':
3942 perm = 2;
3943 break;
3944 case '3':
3945 perm = 3;
3946 break;
3947 default:
3948 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3949 }
3950 opcode |= perm << permloc[i];
3951 }
3952 continue;
3953 }
3954 else
3955 as_bad (_("Invalid permutation completer"));
3956 break;
3957
3958 default:
3959 abort ();
3960 }
3961 break;
3962
3963 /* Handle all conditions. */
3964 case '?':
3965 {
3966 args++;
3967 switch (*args)
3968 {
3969 /* Handle FP compare conditions. */
3970 case 'f':
3971 cond = pa_parse_fp_cmp_cond (&s);
3972 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cond, 0);
3973
3974 /* Handle an add condition. */
3975 case 'A':
3976 /* PR gas/11395
3977 If we don't have a ",*" condition or "dc" completer,
3978 then we have a doubleword carry match failure. */
3979 if (*s != ',' && !(opcode & 0x20))
3980 break;
3981 opcode |= 0x20;
3982 /* Fall through. */
3983
3984 case 'a':
3985 cmpltr = 0;
3986 flag = 0;
3987 if (*s == ',')
3988 {
3989 s++;
3990
3991 /* 64 bit conditions. */
3992 if (*args == 'A')
3993 {
3994 if (*s == '*')
3995 s++;
3996 else
3997 break;
3998 }
3999 else if (*s == '*')
4000 break;
4001
4002 name = s;
4003 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4004 s += 1;
4005 c = *s;
4006 *s = 0x00;
4007 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4008 cmpltr = 1;
4009 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4010 cmpltr = 2;
4011 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4012 cmpltr = 3;
4013 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nuv") == 0)
4014 cmpltr = 4;
4015 else if (strcasecmp (name, "znv") == 0)
4016 cmpltr = 5;
4017 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4018 cmpltr = 6;
4019 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4020 cmpltr = 7;
4021 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4022 {
4023 cmpltr = 0;
4024 flag = 1;
4025 }
4026 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4027 {
4028 cmpltr = 1;
4029 flag = 1;
4030 }
4031 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4032 {
4033 cmpltr = 2;
4034 flag = 1;
4035 }
4036 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4037 {
4038 cmpltr = 3;
4039 flag = 1;
4040 }
4041 else if (strcasecmp (name, "uv") == 0)
4042 {
4043 cmpltr = 4;
4044 flag = 1;
4045 }
4046 else if (strcasecmp (name, "vnz") == 0)
4047 {
4048 cmpltr = 5;
4049 flag = 1;
4050 }
4051 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4052 {
4053 cmpltr = 6;
4054 flag = 1;
4055 }
4056 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4057 {
4058 cmpltr = 7;
4059 flag = 1;
4060 }
4061 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4062 else if (*args == 'a' || *name)
4063 as_bad (_("Invalid Add Condition: %s"), name);
4064 *s = c;
4065 }
4066 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4067 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4068
4069 /* Handle non-negated add and branch condition. */
4070 case 'd':
4071 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4072 if (cmpltr < 0)
4073 {
4074 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4075 cmpltr = 0;
4076 }
4077 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4078
4079 /* Handle 64 bit wide-mode add and branch condition. */
4080 case 'W':
4081 cmpltr = pa_parse_addb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4082 if (cmpltr < 0)
4083 {
4084 as_bad (_("Invalid Add and Branch Condition"));
4085 cmpltr = 0;
4086 }
4087 else
4088 {
4089 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4090 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 24;
4091 }
4092 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4093
4094 /* Handle a negated or non-negated add and branch
4095 condition. */
4096 case '@':
4097 save_s = s;
4098 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4099 if (cmpltr < 0)
4100 {
4101 s = save_s;
4102 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_add_cmpltr (&s);
4103 if (cmpltr < 0)
4104 {
4105 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4106 cmpltr = 0;
4107 }
4108 else
4109 {
4110 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4111 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4112 }
4113 }
4114 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4115
4116 /* Handle branch on bit conditions. */
4117 case 'B':
4118 case 'b':
4119 cmpltr = 0;
4120 if (*s == ',')
4121 {
4122 s++;
4123
4124 if (*args == 'B')
4125 {
4126 if (*s == '*')
4127 s++;
4128 else
4129 break;
4130 }
4131 else if (*s == '*')
4132 break;
4133
4134 if (strncmp (s, "<", 1) == 0)
4135 {
4136 cmpltr = 0;
4137 s++;
4138 }
4139 else if (strncmp (s, ">=", 2) == 0)
4140 {
4141 cmpltr = 1;
4142 s += 2;
4143 }
4144 else
4145 as_bad (_("Invalid Bit Branch Condition: %c"), *s);
4146 }
4147 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 15);
4148
4149 /* Handle a compare/subtract condition. */
4150 case 'S':
4151 /* PR gas/11395
4152 If we don't have a ",*" condition or "dc" completer,
4153 then we have a doubleword carry match failure. */
4154 if (*s != ',' && !(opcode & 0x20))
4155 break;
4156 opcode |= 0x20;
4157 /* Fall through. */
4158
4159 case 's':
4160 cmpltr = 0;
4161 flag = 0;
4162 if (*s == ',')
4163 {
4164 s++;
4165
4166 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4167 if (*args == 'S')
4168 {
4169 if (*s == '*')
4170 s++;
4171 else
4172 break;
4173 }
4174 else if (*s == '*')
4175 break;
4176
4177 name = s;
4178 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4179 s += 1;
4180 c = *s;
4181 *s = 0x00;
4182 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4183 cmpltr = 1;
4184 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4185 cmpltr = 2;
4186 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4187 cmpltr = 3;
4188 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<") == 0)
4189 cmpltr = 4;
4190 else if (strcasecmp (name, "<<=") == 0)
4191 cmpltr = 5;
4192 else if (strcasecmp (name, "sv") == 0)
4193 cmpltr = 6;
4194 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4195 cmpltr = 7;
4196 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4197 {
4198 cmpltr = 0;
4199 flag = 1;
4200 }
4201 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4202 {
4203 cmpltr = 1;
4204 flag = 1;
4205 }
4206 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4207 {
4208 cmpltr = 2;
4209 flag = 1;
4210 }
4211 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4212 {
4213 cmpltr = 3;
4214 flag = 1;
4215 }
4216 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>=") == 0)
4217 {
4218 cmpltr = 4;
4219 flag = 1;
4220 }
4221 else if (strcasecmp (name, ">>") == 0)
4222 {
4223 cmpltr = 5;
4224 flag = 1;
4225 }
4226 else if (strcasecmp (name, "nsv") == 0)
4227 {
4228 cmpltr = 6;
4229 flag = 1;
4230 }
4231 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4232 {
4233 cmpltr = 7;
4234 flag = 1;
4235 }
4236 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4237 else if (*args != 'S' || *name)
4238 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition: %s"),
4239 name);
4240 *s = c;
4241 }
4242 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4243 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4244
4245 /* Handle a non-negated compare condition. */
4246 case 't':
4247 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4248 if (cmpltr < 0)
4249 {
4250 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare/Subtract Condition"));
4251 cmpltr = 0;
4252 }
4253 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4254
4255 /* Handle a 32 bit compare and branch condition. */
4256 case 'n':
4257 save_s = s;
4258 cmpltr = pa_parse_nonneg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4259 if (cmpltr < 0)
4260 {
4261 s = save_s;
4262 cmpltr = pa_parse_neg_cmpsub_cmpltr (&s);
4263 if (cmpltr < 0)
4264 {
4265 as_bad (_("Invalid Compare and Branch Condition"));
4266 cmpltr = 0;
4267 }
4268 else
4269 {
4270 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4271 opcode |= 1 << 27;
4272 }
4273 }
4274
4275 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4276
4277 /* Handle a 64 bit compare and branch condition. */
4278 case 'N':
4279 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpb_64_cmpltr (&s);
4280 if (cmpltr >= 0)
4281 {
4282 /* Negated condition requires an opcode change. */
4283 opcode |= (cmpltr & 8) << 26;
4284 }
4285 else
4286 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4287 break;
4288
4289 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr & 7, 13);
4290
4291 /* Handle a 64 bit cmpib condition. */
4292 case 'Q':
4293 cmpltr = pa_parse_cmpib_64_cmpltr (&s);
4294 if (cmpltr < 0)
4295 /* Not a 64 bit cond. Give 32 bit a chance. */
4296 break;
4297
4298 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4299
4300 /* Handle a logical instruction condition. */
4301 case 'L':
4302 case 'l':
4303 cmpltr = 0;
4304 flag = 0;
4305 if (*s == ',')
4306 {
4307 s++;
4308
4309 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4310 if (*args == 'L')
4311 {
4312 if (*s == '*')
4313 s++;
4314 else
4315 break;
4316 }
4317 else if (*s == '*')
4318 break;
4319
4320 name = s;
4321 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4322 s += 1;
4323 c = *s;
4324 *s = 0x00;
4325
4326 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4327 cmpltr = 1;
4328 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4329 cmpltr = 2;
4330 else if (strcmp (name, "<=") == 0)
4331 cmpltr = 3;
4332 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4333 cmpltr = 7;
4334 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4335 {
4336 cmpltr = 0;
4337 flag = 1;
4338 }
4339 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4340 {
4341 cmpltr = 1;
4342 flag = 1;
4343 }
4344 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4345 {
4346 cmpltr = 2;
4347 flag = 1;
4348 }
4349 else if (strcmp (name, ">") == 0)
4350 {
4351 cmpltr = 3;
4352 flag = 1;
4353 }
4354 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4355 {
4356 cmpltr = 7;
4357 flag = 1;
4358 }
4359 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4360 else if (*args != 'L' || *name)
4361 as_bad (_("Invalid Logical Instruction Condition."));
4362 *s = c;
4363 }
4364 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4365 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4366
4367 /* Handle a shift/extract/deposit condition. */
4368 case 'X':
4369 case 'x':
4370 case 'y':
4371 cmpltr = 0;
4372 /* Check immediate values in shift/extract/deposit
4373 * instructions if they will give undefined behaviour. */
4374 immediate_check = 1;
4375 if (*s == ',')
4376 {
4377 save_s = s++;
4378
4379 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4380 if (*args == 'X')
4381 {
4382 if (*s == '*')
4383 s++;
4384 else
4385 break;
4386 }
4387 else if (*s == '*')
4388 break;
4389
4390 name = s;
4391 while (*s != ',' && *s != ' ' && *s != '\t')
4392 s += 1;
4393 c = *s;
4394 *s = 0x00;
4395 if (strcmp (name, "=") == 0)
4396 cmpltr = 1;
4397 else if (strcmp (name, "<") == 0)
4398 cmpltr = 2;
4399 else if (strcasecmp (name, "od") == 0)
4400 cmpltr = 3;
4401 else if (strcasecmp (name, "tr") == 0)
4402 cmpltr = 4;
4403 else if (strcmp (name, "<>") == 0)
4404 cmpltr = 5;
4405 else if (strcmp (name, ">=") == 0)
4406 cmpltr = 6;
4407 else if (strcasecmp (name, "ev") == 0)
4408 cmpltr = 7;
4409 /* Handle movb,n. Put things back the way they were.
4410 This includes moving s back to where it started. */
4411 else if (strcasecmp (name, "n") == 0 && *args == 'y')
4412 {
4413 *s = c;
4414 s = save_s;
4415 continue;
4416 }
4417 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4418 else if (*args != 'X' || *name)
4419 as_bad (_("Invalid Shift/Extract/Deposit Condition."));
4420 *s = c;
4421 }
4422 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, cmpltr, 13);
4423
4424 /* Handle a unit instruction condition. */
4425 case 'U':
4426 case 'u':
4427 cmpltr = 0;
4428 flag = 0;
4429 if (*s == ',')
4430 {
4431 s++;
4432
4433 /* 64 bit conditions. */
4434 if (*args == 'U')
4435 {
4436 if (*s == '*')
4437 s++;
4438 else
4439 break;
4440 }
4441 else if (*s == '*')
4442 break;
4443
4444 if (strncasecmp (s, "sbz", 3) == 0)
4445 {
4446 cmpltr = 2;
4447 s += 3;
4448 }
4449 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shz", 3) == 0)
4450 {
4451 cmpltr = 3;
4452 s += 3;
4453 }
4454 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sdc", 3) == 0)
4455 {
4456 cmpltr = 4;
4457 s += 3;
4458 }
4459 else if (strncasecmp (s, "sbc", 3) == 0)
4460 {
4461 cmpltr = 6;
4462 s += 3;
4463 }
4464 else if (strncasecmp (s, "shc", 3) == 0)
4465 {
4466 cmpltr = 7;
4467 s += 3;
4468 }
4469 else if (strncasecmp (s, "tr", 2) == 0)
4470 {
4471 cmpltr = 0;
4472 flag = 1;
4473 s += 2;
4474 }
4475 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbz", 3) == 0)
4476 {
4477 cmpltr = 2;
4478 flag = 1;
4479 s += 3;
4480 }
4481 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhz", 3) == 0)
4482 {
4483 cmpltr = 3;
4484 flag = 1;
4485 s += 3;
4486 }
4487 else if (strncasecmp (s, "ndc", 3) == 0)
4488 {
4489 cmpltr = 4;
4490 flag = 1;
4491 s += 3;
4492 }
4493 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nbc", 3) == 0)
4494 {
4495 cmpltr = 6;
4496 flag = 1;
4497 s += 3;
4498 }
4499 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nhc", 3) == 0)
4500 {
4501 cmpltr = 7;
4502 flag = 1;
4503 s += 3;
4504 }
4505 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swz", 3) == 0)
4506 {
4507 cmpltr = 1;
4508 flag = 0;
4509 s += 3;
4510 }
4511 else if (strncasecmp (s, "swc", 3) == 0)
4512 {
4513 cmpltr = 5;
4514 flag = 0;
4515 s += 3;
4516 }
4517 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwz", 3) == 0)
4518 {
4519 cmpltr = 1;
4520 flag = 1;
4521 s += 3;
4522 }
4523 else if (strncasecmp (s, "nwc", 3) == 0)
4524 {
4525 cmpltr = 5;
4526 flag = 1;
4527 s += 3;
4528 }
4529 /* ",*" is a valid condition. */
4530 else if (*args != 'U' || (*s != ' ' && *s != '\t'))
4531 as_bad (_("Invalid Unit Instruction Condition."));
4532 }
4533 opcode |= cmpltr << 13;
4534 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 12);
4535
4536 default:
4537 abort ();
4538 }
4539 break;
4540 }
4541
4542 /* Handle a nullification completer for branch instructions. */
4543 case 'n':
4544 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4545 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 1);
4546
4547 /* Handle a nullification completer for copr and spop insns. */
4548 case 'N':
4549 nullif = pa_parse_nullif (&s);
4550 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, nullif, 5);
4551
4552 /* Handle ,%r2 completer for new syntax branches. */
4553 case 'L':
4554 if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%r2", 3) == 0)
4555 s += 4;
4556 else if (*s == ',' && strncasecmp (s + 1, "%rp", 3) == 0)
4557 s += 4;
4558 else
4559 break;
4560 continue;
4561
4562 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4563 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4564 case 'h':
4565 get_expression (s);
4566 s = expr_end;
4567 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4568 {
4569 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4570 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4571 num++;
4572 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4573 }
4574 else
4575 break;
4576
4577 /* Handle 3 bit entry into the fp compare array. Valid values
4578 are 0..6 inclusive. */
4579 case 'm':
4580 get_expression (s);
4581 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4582 {
4583 s = expr_end;
4584 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4585 CHECK_FIELD (num, 6, 0, 0);
4586 num = (num + 1) ^ 1;
4587 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
4588 }
4589 else
4590 break;
4591
4592 /* Handle graphics test completers for ftest */
4593 case '=':
4594 {
4595 num = pa_parse_ftest_gfx_completer (&s);
4596 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4597 }
4598
4599 /* Handle a 11 bit immediate at 31. */
4600 case 'i':
4601 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4602 get_expression (s);
4603 s = expr_end;
4604 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4605 {
4606 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4607 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, -1024, 0);
4608 num = low_sign_unext (num, 11);
4609 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4610 }
4611 else
4612 {
4613 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4614 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4615 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4616 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4617 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4618 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4619 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4620 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4621 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4622 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4623 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4624 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4625 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4626 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4627 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4628 #endif
4629 else
4630 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4631 the_insn.format = 11;
4632 continue;
4633 }
4634
4635 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4636 case 'J':
4637 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4638 get_expression (s);
4639 s = expr_end;
4640 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4641 {
4642 int mb;
4643
4644 /* XXX the completer stored away tidbits of information
4645 for us to extract. We need a cleaner way to do this.
4646 Now that we have lots of letters again, it would be
4647 good to rethink this. */
4648 mb = opcode & 1;
4649 opcode -= mb;
4650 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4651 if (mb != (num < 0))
4652 break;
4653 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4654 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4655 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4656 }
4657 break;
4658
4659 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4660 case 'K':
4661 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4662 get_expression (s);
4663 s = expr_end;
4664 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4665 {
4666 int mb;
4667
4668 mb = opcode & 1;
4669 opcode -= mb;
4670 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4671 if (mb == (num < 0))
4672 break;
4673 if (num % 4)
4674 break;
4675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4676 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4677 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4678 }
4679 break;
4680
4681 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4682 case '<':
4683 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4684 get_expression (s);
4685 s = expr_end;
4686 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4687 {
4688 int mb;
4689
4690 mb = opcode & 1;
4691 opcode -= mb;
4692 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4693 if (mb != (num < 0))
4694 break;
4695 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4696 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4697 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4698 }
4699 break;
4700
4701 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31. */
4702 case '>':
4703 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4704 get_expression (s);
4705 s = expr_end;
4706 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4707 {
4708 int mb;
4709
4710 mb = opcode & 1;
4711 opcode -= mb;
4712 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4713 if (mb == (num < 0))
4714 break;
4715 if (num % 4)
4716 break;
4717 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4718 num = re_assemble_16 (num);
4719 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4720 }
4721 break;
4722
4723 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left three times. */
4724 case '#':
4725 if (bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) != pa20)
4726 break;
4727 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4728 get_expression (s);
4729 s = expr_end;
4730 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4731 {
4732 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4733 if (num & 0x7)
4734 break;
4735 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4736 if (num < 0)
4737 opcode |= 1;
4738 num &= 0x1fff;
4739 num >>= 3;
4740 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 4);
4741 }
4742 else
4743 {
4744 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4745 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4746 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4747 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4748 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4749 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4750 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4751 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4752 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4753 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4754 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4755 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4756 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4757 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4758 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4759 #endif
4760 else
4761 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4762 the_insn.format = 14;
4763 continue;
4764 }
4765 break;
4766
4767 /* Handle 14 bit immediate, shifted left twice. */
4768 case 'd':
4769 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4770 get_expression (s);
4771 s = expr_end;
4772 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4773 {
4774 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4775 if (num & 0x3)
4776 break;
4777 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4778 if (num < 0)
4779 opcode |= 1;
4780 num &= 0x1fff;
4781 num >>= 2;
4782 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
4783 }
4784 else
4785 {
4786 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4787 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4788 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4789 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4790 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4791 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4792 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4793 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4794 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4795 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4796 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4797 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4798 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4799 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4800 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4801 #endif
4802 else
4803 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4804 the_insn.format = 14;
4805 continue;
4806 }
4807
4808 /* Handle a 14 bit immediate at 31. */
4809 case 'j':
4810 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4811 get_expression (s);
4812 s = expr_end;
4813 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4814 {
4815 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4816 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
4817 num = low_sign_unext (num, 14);
4818 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
4819 }
4820 else
4821 {
4822 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4823 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4824 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4825 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4826 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4827 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4828 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4829 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4830 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4831 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4832 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4833 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4834 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4835 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4836 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4837 #endif
4838 else
4839 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4840 the_insn.format = 14;
4841 continue;
4842 }
4843
4844 /* Handle a 21 bit immediate at 31. */
4845 case 'k':
4846 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4847 get_expression (s);
4848 s = expr_end;
4849 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4850 {
4851 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4852 CHECK_FIELD (num >> 11, 1048575, -1048576, 0);
4853 opcode |= re_assemble_21 (num);
4854 continue;
4855 }
4856 else
4857 {
4858 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4859 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4860 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4861 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4862 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4863 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4864 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4865 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4866 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4867 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4868 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4869 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4870 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4871 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4872 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4873 #endif
4874 else
4875 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4876 the_insn.format = 21;
4877 continue;
4878 }
4879
4880 /* Handle a 16 bit immediate at 31 (PA 2.0 wide mode only). */
4881 case 'l':
4882 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4883 get_expression (s);
4884 s = expr_end;
4885 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4886 {
4887 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4888 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4889 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4890 continue;
4891 }
4892 else
4893 {
4894 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4895 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4896 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4897 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4898 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4899 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4900 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4901 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4902 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4903 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4904 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4905 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4906 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4907 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4908 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4909 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4910 #endif
4911 else
4912 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4913 the_insn.format = 14;
4914 continue;
4915 }
4916
4917 /* Handle a word-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4918 case 'y':
4919 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4920 get_expression (s);
4921 s = expr_end;
4922 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4923 {
4924 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4925 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4926 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 4, 0);
4927 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4928 continue;
4929 }
4930 else
4931 {
4932 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4933 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4934 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4935 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4936 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4937 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4938 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4939 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4940 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4941 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4942 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4943 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4944 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4945 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4946 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4947 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4948 #endif
4949 else
4950 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4951 the_insn.format = 14;
4952 continue;
4953 }
4954
4955 /* Handle a dword-aligned 16-bit imm. at 31 (PA2.0 wide). */
4956 case '&':
4957 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4958 get_expression (s);
4959 s = expr_end;
4960 if (the_insn.exp.X_op == O_constant)
4961 {
4962 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
4963 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, -32768, 0);
4964 CHECK_ALIGN (num, 8, 0);
4965 opcode |= re_assemble_16 (num);
4966 continue;
4967 }
4968 else
4969 {
4970 /* ??? Is this valid for wide mode? */
4971 if (is_DP_relative (the_insn.exp))
4972 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_GOTOFF;
4973 else if (is_PC_relative (the_insn.exp))
4974 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
4975 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
4976 else if (is_tls_gdidx (the_insn.exp))
4977 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_GD21L;
4978 else if (is_tls_ldidx (the_insn.exp))
4979 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDM21L;
4980 else if (is_tls_dtpoff (the_insn.exp))
4981 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LDO21L;
4982 else if (is_tls_ieoff (the_insn.exp))
4983 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_IE21L;
4984 else if (is_tls_leoff (the_insn.exp))
4985 the_insn.reloc = R_PARISC_TLS_LE21L;
4986 #endif
4987 else
4988 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA;
4989 the_insn.format = 14;
4990 continue;
4991 }
4992
4993 /* Handle a 12 bit branch displacement. */
4994 case 'w':
4995 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
4996 get_expression (s);
4997 s = expr_end;
4998 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
4999 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5000 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5001 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5002 {
5003 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5004 if (num % 4)
5005 {
5006 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5007 break;
5008 }
5009 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5010 num -= 8;
5011 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, -8192, 0);
5012 opcode |= re_assemble_12 (num >> 2);
5013 continue;
5014 }
5015 else
5016 {
5017 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5018 the_insn.format = 12;
5019 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5020 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5021 s = expr_end;
5022 continue;
5023 }
5024
5025 /* Handle a 17 bit branch displacement. */
5026 case 'W':
5027 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5028 get_expression (s);
5029 s = expr_end;
5030 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5031 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5032 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5033 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5034 {
5035 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5036 if (num % 4)
5037 {
5038 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5039 break;
5040 }
5041 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5042 num -= 8;
5043 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5044 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5045 continue;
5046 }
5047 else
5048 {
5049 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5050 the_insn.format = 17;
5051 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5052 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5053 continue;
5054 }
5055
5056 /* Handle a 22 bit branch displacement. */
5057 case 'X':
5058 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5059 get_expression (s);
5060 s = expr_end;
5061 the_insn.pcrel = 1;
5062 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5063 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5064 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5065 {
5066 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5067 if (num % 4)
5068 {
5069 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5070 break;
5071 }
5072 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5073 num -= 8;
5074 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8388607, -8388608, 0);
5075 opcode |= re_assemble_22 (num >> 2);
5076 }
5077 else
5078 {
5079 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL;
5080 the_insn.format = 22;
5081 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5082 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5083 continue;
5084 }
5085
5086 /* Handle an absolute 17 bit branch target. */
5087 case 'z':
5088 the_insn.field_selector = pa_chk_field_selector (&s);
5089 get_expression (s);
5090 s = expr_end;
5091 the_insn.pcrel = 0;
5092 if (!the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol
5093 || !strcmp (S_GET_NAME (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol),
5094 FAKE_LABEL_NAME))
5095 {
5096 num = evaluate_absolute (&the_insn);
5097 if (num % 4)
5098 {
5099 as_bad (_("Branch to unaligned address"));
5100 break;
5101 }
5102 if (the_insn.exp.X_add_symbol)
5103 num -= 8;
5104 CHECK_FIELD (num, 262143, -262144, 0);
5105 opcode |= re_assemble_17 (num >> 2);
5106 continue;
5107 }
5108 else
5109 {
5110 the_insn.reloc = R_HPPA_ABS_CALL;
5111 the_insn.format = 17;
5112 the_insn.arg_reloc = last_call_desc.arg_reloc;
5113 memset (&last_call_desc, 0, sizeof (struct call_desc));
5114 continue;
5115 }
5116
5117 /* Handle '%r1' implicit operand of addil instruction. */
5118 case 'Z':
5119 if (*s == ',' && *(s + 1) == '%' && *(s + 3) == '1'
5120 && (*(s + 2) == 'r' || *(s + 2) == 'R'))
5121 {
5122 s += 4;
5123 continue;
5124 }
5125 else
5126 break;
5127
5128 /* Handle '%sr0,%r31' implicit operand of be,l instruction. */
5129 case 'Y':
5130 if (strncasecmp (s, "%sr0,%r31", 9) != 0)
5131 break;
5132 s += 9;
5133 continue;
5134
5135 /* Handle immediate value of 0 for ordered load/store instructions. */
5136 case '@':
5137 if (*s != '0')
5138 break;
5139 s++;
5140 continue;
5141
5142 /* Handle a 2 bit shift count at 25. */
5143 case '.':
5144 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5145 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5146 break;
5147 s = expr_end;
5148 CHECK_FIELD (num, 3, 1, strict);
5149 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5150
5151 /* Handle a 4 bit shift count at 25. */
5152 case '*':
5153 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5154 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5155 break;
5156 s = expr_end;
5157 CHECK_FIELD (num, 15, 0, strict);
5158 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5159
5160 /* Handle a 5 bit shift count at 26. */
5161 case 'p':
5162 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5163 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5164 break;
5165 s = expr_end;
5166 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5167 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5168 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, 31 - num, 5);
5169
5170 /* Handle a 6 bit shift count at 20,22:26. */
5171 case '~':
5172 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5173 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5174 break;
5175 s = expr_end;
5176 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5177 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5178 num = 63 - num;
5179 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5180 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5181
5182 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 23,27:31. */
5183 case '%':
5184 flag = 0;
5185 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5186 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5187 break;
5188 s = expr_end;
5189 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5190 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5191 num--;
5192 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 3;
5193 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5194 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5195
5196 /* Handle a 6 bit field length at 19,27:31. */
5197 case '|':
5198 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5199 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5200 break;
5201 s = expr_end;
5202 CHECK_FIELD (num, 64, 1, strict);
5203 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5204 num--;
5205 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 7;
5206 num = 31 - (num & 0x1f);
5207 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5208
5209 /* Handle a 5 bit bit position at 26. */
5210 case 'P':
5211 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5212 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5213 break;
5214 s = expr_end;
5215 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5216 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5217 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 5);
5218
5219 /* Handle a 6 bit bit position at 20,22:26. */
5220 case 'q':
5221 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5222 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5223 break;
5224 s = expr_end;
5225 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5226 SAVE_IMMEDIATE(num);
5227 opcode |= (num & 0x20) << 6;
5228 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 5);
5229
5230 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10 with 'd' as the complement
5231 of the high bit of the immediate. */
5232 case 'B':
5233 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5234 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5235 break;
5236 s = expr_end;
5237 CHECK_FIELD (num, 63, 0, strict);
5238 if (num & 0x20)
5239 ;
5240 else
5241 opcode |= (1 << 13);
5242 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num & 0x1f, 21);
5243
5244 /* Handle a 5 bit immediate at 10. */
5245 case 'Q':
5246 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5247 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5248 break;
5249 s = expr_end;
5250 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, strict);
5251 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5252
5253 /* Handle a 9 bit immediate at 28. */
5254 case '$':
5255 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5256 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5257 break;
5258 s = expr_end;
5259 CHECK_FIELD (num, 511, 1, strict);
5260 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 3);
5261
5262 /* Handle a 13 bit immediate at 18. */
5263 case 'A':
5264 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5265 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5266 break;
5267 s = expr_end;
5268 CHECK_FIELD (num, 8191, 0, strict);
5269 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 13);
5270
5271 /* Handle a 26 bit immediate at 31. */
5272 case 'D':
5273 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5274 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5275 break;
5276 s = expr_end;
5277 CHECK_FIELD (num, 67108863, 0, strict);
5278 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5279
5280 /* Handle a 3 bit SFU identifier at 25. */
5281 case 'v':
5282 if (*s++ != ',')
5283 as_bad (_("Invalid SFU identifier"));
5284 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5285 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5286 break;
5287 s = expr_end;
5288 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5289 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5290
5291 /* Handle a 20 bit SOP field for spop0. */
5292 case 'O':
5293 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5294 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5295 break;
5296 s = expr_end;
5297 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1048575, 0, strict);
5298 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000fffe0) << 6);
5299 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5300
5301 /* Handle a 15bit SOP field for spop1. */
5302 case 'o':
5303 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5304 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5305 break;
5306 s = expr_end;
5307 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5308 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5309
5310 /* Handle a 10bit SOP field for spop3. */
5311 case '0':
5312 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5313 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5314 break;
5315 s = expr_end;
5316 CHECK_FIELD (num, 1023, 0, strict);
5317 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x000003e0) << 6);
5318 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5319
5320 /* Handle a 15 bit SOP field for spop2. */
5321 case '1':
5322 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5323 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5324 break;
5325 s = expr_end;
5326 CHECK_FIELD (num, 32767, 0, strict);
5327 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x00007fe0) << 6);
5328 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5329
5330 /* Handle a 3-bit co-processor ID field. */
5331 case 'u':
5332 if (*s++ != ',')
5333 as_bad (_("Invalid COPR identifier"));
5334 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5335 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5336 break;
5337 s = expr_end;
5338 CHECK_FIELD (num, 7, 0, strict);
5339 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5340
5341 /* Handle a 22bit SOP field for copr. */
5342 case '2':
5343 num = pa_get_absolute_expression (&the_insn, &s);
5344 if (strict && the_insn.exp.X_op != O_constant)
5345 break;
5346 s = expr_end;
5347 CHECK_FIELD (num, 4194303, 0, strict);
5348 num = (num & 0x1f) | ((num & 0x003fffe0) << 4);
5349 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5350
5351 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5352 case '{':
5353 if (*s == ',' && *(s+1) == 't')
5354 {
5355 the_insn.trunc = 1;
5356 s += 2;
5357 }
5358 else
5359 the_insn.trunc = 0;
5360 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5361 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5362 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5363 flag = SGL;
5364 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5365 flag = DBL;
5366 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5367 flag = QUAD;
5368 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5369
5370 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5371 case '_':
5372 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5373 s--;
5374 flag = pa_parse_fp_cnv_format (&s);
5375 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5376 if (flag == W || flag == UW)
5377 flag = SGL;
5378 if (flag == DW || flag == UDW)
5379 flag = DBL;
5380 if (flag == QW || flag == UQW)
5381 flag = QUAD;
5382 opcode |= flag << 13;
5383 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL
5384 || the_insn.fpof1 == DBL
5385 || the_insn.fpof1 == QUAD)
5386 {
5387 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5388 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5389 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5390 flag = 0;
5391 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == W
5392 || the_insn.fpof2 == DW
5393 || the_insn.fpof2 == QW)
5394 flag = 2;
5395 else if (the_insn.fpof2 == UW
5396 || the_insn.fpof2 == UDW
5397 || the_insn.fpof2 == UQW)
5398 flag = 6;
5399 else
5400 abort ();
5401 }
5402 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == W
5403 || the_insn.fpof1 == DW
5404 || the_insn.fpof1 == QW)
5405 {
5406 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5407 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5408 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5409 flag = 1;
5410 else
5411 abort ();
5412 }
5413 else if (the_insn.fpof1 == UW
5414 || the_insn.fpof1 == UDW
5415 || the_insn.fpof1 == UQW)
5416 {
5417 if (the_insn.fpof2 == SGL
5418 || the_insn.fpof2 == DBL
5419 || the_insn.fpof2 == QUAD)
5420 flag = 5;
5421 else
5422 abort ();
5423 }
5424 flag |= the_insn.trunc;
5425 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 15);
5426
5427 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer. */
5428 case 'F':
5429 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5430 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5431 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5432
5433 /* Handle a destination FP operand format completer. */
5434 case 'G':
5435 /* pa_parse_format needs the ',' prefix. */
5436 s--;
5437 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5438 the_insn.fpof2 = flag;
5439 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 13);
5440
5441 /* Handle a source FP operand format completer at 20. */
5442 case 'I':
5443 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5444 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5445 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, flag, 11);
5446
5447 /* Handle a floating point operand format at 26.
5448 Only allows single and double precision. */
5449 case 'H':
5450 flag = pa_parse_fp_format (&s);
5451 switch (flag)
5452 {
5453 case SGL:
5454 opcode |= 0x20;
5455 case DBL:
5456 the_insn.fpof1 = flag;
5457 continue;
5458
5459 case QUAD:
5460 case ILLEGAL_FMT:
5461 default:
5462 as_bad (_("Invalid Floating Point Operand Format."));
5463 }
5464 break;
5465
5466 /* Handle all floating point registers. */
5467 case 'f':
5468 switch (*++args)
5469 {
5470 /* Float target register. */
5471 case 't':
5472 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5473 break;
5474 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5475 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5476 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5477
5478 /* Float target register with L/R selection. */
5479 case 'T':
5480 {
5481 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5482 break;
5483 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5484 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5485 opcode |= num;
5486
5487 /* 0x30 opcodes are FP arithmetic operation opcodes
5488 and need to be turned into 0x38 opcodes. This
5489 is not necessary for loads/stores. */
5490 if (need_pa11_opcode ()
5491 && ((opcode & 0xfc000000) == 0x30000000))
5492 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5493
5494 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 6 : 0);
5495 continue;
5496 }
5497
5498 /* Float operand 1. */
5499 case 'a':
5500 {
5501 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5502 break;
5503 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5504 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5505 opcode |= num << 21;
5506 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5507 {
5508 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5509 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5510 }
5511 continue;
5512 }
5513
5514 /* Float operand 1 with L/R selection. */
5515 case 'X':
5516 case 'A':
5517 {
5518 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5519 break;
5520 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5521 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5522 opcode |= num << 21;
5523 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 7 : 0);
5524 continue;
5525 }
5526
5527 /* Float operand 2. */
5528 case 'b':
5529 {
5530 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5531 break;
5532 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5533 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5534 opcode |= num << 16;
5535 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5536 {
5537 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5538 opcode |= 1 << 27;
5539 }
5540 continue;
5541 }
5542
5543 /* Float operand 2 with L/R selection. */
5544 case 'B':
5545 {
5546 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5547 break;
5548 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5549 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5550 opcode |= num << 16;
5551 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 12 : 0);
5552 continue;
5553 }
5554
5555 /* Float operand 3 for fmpyfadd, fmpynfadd. */
5556 case 'C':
5557 {
5558 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5559 break;
5560 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5561 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5562 opcode |= (num & 0x1c) << 11;
5563 opcode |= (num & 0x03) << 9;
5564 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 8 : 0);
5565 continue;
5566 }
5567
5568 /* Float mult operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5569 case 'i':
5570 {
5571 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5572 break;
5573 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5574 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5575 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5576 {
5577 if (num < 16)
5578 {
5579 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5580 break;
5581 }
5582 num &= 0xF;
5583 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5584 }
5585 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 21);
5586 }
5587
5588 /* Float mult operand 2 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5589 case 'j':
5590 {
5591 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5592 break;
5593 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5594 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5595 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5596 {
5597 if (num < 16)
5598 {
5599 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5600 break;
5601 }
5602 num &= 0xF;
5603 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5604 }
5605 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5606 }
5607
5608 /* Float mult target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5609 case 'k':
5610 {
5611 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5612 break;
5613 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5614 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5615 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5616 {
5617 if (num < 16)
5618 {
5619 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5620 break;
5621 }
5622 num &= 0xF;
5623 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5624 }
5625 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 0);
5626 }
5627
5628 /* Float add operand 1 for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5629 case 'l':
5630 {
5631 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5632 break;
5633 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5634 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5635 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5636 {
5637 if (num < 16)
5638 {
5639 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5640 break;
5641 }
5642 num &= 0xF;
5643 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5644 }
5645 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 6);
5646 }
5647
5648 /* Float add target for fmpyadd, fmpysub */
5649 case 'm':
5650 {
5651 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5652 break;
5653 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5654 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5655 if (the_insn.fpof1 == SGL)
5656 {
5657 if (num < 16)
5658 {
5659 as_bad (_("Invalid register for single precision fmpyadd or fmpysub"));
5660 break;
5661 }
5662 num &= 0xF;
5663 num |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 4 : 0);
5664 }
5665 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 11);
5666 }
5667
5668 /* Handle L/R register halves like 'x'. */
5669 case 'E':
5670 case 'e':
5671 {
5672 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 1))
5673 break;
5674 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5675 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5676 opcode |= num << 16;
5677 if (need_pa11_opcode ())
5678 {
5679 opcode |= (pa_number & FP_REG_RSEL ? 1 << 1 : 0);
5680 }
5681 continue;
5682 }
5683
5684 /* Float target register (PA 2.0 wide). */
5685 case 'x':
5686 if (!pa_parse_number (&s, 3))
5687 break;
5688 num = (pa_number & ~FP_REG_RSEL) - FP_REG_BASE;
5689 CHECK_FIELD (num, 31, 0, 0);
5690 INSERT_FIELD_AND_CONTINUE (opcode, num, 16);
5691
5692 default:
5693 abort ();
5694 }
5695 break;
5696
5697 default:
5698 abort ();
5699 }
5700 break;
5701 }
5702
5703 /* If this instruction is specific to a particular architecture,
5704 then set a new architecture. This automatic promotion crud is
5705 for compatibility with HP's old assemblers only. */
5706 if (match == TRUE
5707 && bfd_get_mach (stdoutput) < insn->arch
5708 && !bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, insn->arch))
5709 {
5710 as_warn (_("could not update architecture and machine"));
5711 match = FALSE;
5712 }
5713
5714 failed:
5715 /* Check if the args matched. */
5716 if (!match)
5717 {
5718 if (&insn[1] - pa_opcodes < (int) NUMOPCODES
5719 && !strcmp (insn->name, insn[1].name))
5720 {
5721 ++insn;
5722 s = argstart;
5723 continue;
5724 }
5725 else
5726 {
5727 as_bad (_("Invalid operands %s"), error_message);
5728 return;
5729 }
5730 }
5731 break;
5732 }
5733
5734 if (immediate_check)
5735 {
5736 if (pos != -1 && len != -1 && pos < len - 1)
5737 as_warn (_("Immediates %d and %d will give undefined behavior."),
5738 pos, len);
5739 }
5740
5741 the_insn.opcode = opcode;
5742 }
5743
5744 /* Assemble a single instruction storing it into a frag. */
5745
5746 void
5747 md_assemble (char *str)
5748 {
5749 char *to;
5750
5751 /* The had better be something to assemble. */
5752 gas_assert (str);
5753
5754 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
5755 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
5756 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
5757
5758 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
5759 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
5760 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
5761 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5762 {
5763 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
5764
5765 if (label_symbol)
5766 {
5767 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
5768 {
5769 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
5770 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
5771 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
5772 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5773 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
5774 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
5775 if (within_entry_exit)
5776 {
5777 char *where;
5778 unsigned int u;
5779
5780 where = frag_more (0);
5781 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
5782 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5783 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5784 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
5785 }
5786 #endif
5787 }
5788 else
5789 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
5790 }
5791 else
5792 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
5793 }
5794
5795 /* Assemble the instruction. Results are saved into "the_insn". */
5796 pa_ip (str);
5797
5798 /* Get somewhere to put the assembled instruction. */
5799 to = frag_more (4);
5800
5801 /* Output the opcode. */
5802 md_number_to_chars (to, the_insn.opcode, 4);
5803
5804 /* If necessary output more stuff. */
5805 if (the_insn.reloc != R_HPPA_NONE)
5806 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, (to - frag_now->fr_literal), 4, NULL,
5807 (offsetT) 0, &the_insn.exp, the_insn.pcrel,
5808 the_insn.reloc, the_insn.field_selector,
5809 the_insn.format, the_insn.arg_reloc, 0);
5810
5811 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5812 dwarf2_emit_insn (4);
5813 #endif
5814 }
5815
5816 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5817 /* Handle an alignment directive. Special so that we can update the
5818 alignment of the subspace if necessary. */
5819 static void
5820 pa_align (int bytes)
5821 {
5822 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5823 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5824
5825 /* Let the generic gas code do most of the work. */
5826 s_align_bytes (bytes);
5827
5828 /* If bytes is a power of 2, then update the current subspace's
5829 alignment if necessary. */
5830 if (exact_log2 (bytes) != -1)
5831 record_alignment (current_subspace->ssd_seg, exact_log2 (bytes));
5832 }
5833 #endif
5834
5835 /* Handle a .BLOCK type pseudo-op. */
5836
5837 static void
5838 pa_block (int z ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5839 {
5840 unsigned int temp_size;
5841
5842 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5843 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5844 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5845 #endif
5846
5847 temp_size = get_absolute_expression ();
5848
5849 if (temp_size > 0x3FFFFFFF)
5850 {
5851 as_bad (_("Argument to .BLOCK/.BLOCKZ must be between 0 and 0x3fffffff"));
5852 temp_size = 0;
5853 }
5854 else
5855 {
5856 /* Always fill with zeros, that's what the HP assembler does. */
5857 char *p = frag_var (rs_fill, 1, 1, 0, NULL, temp_size, NULL);
5858 *p = 0;
5859 }
5860
5861 pa_undefine_label ();
5862 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5863 }
5864
5865 /* Handle a .begin_brtab and .end_brtab pseudo-op. */
5866
5867 static void
5868 pa_brtab (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5869 {
5870
5871 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5872 /* The BRTAB relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5873 the beginning and end of branch tables). */
5874 char *where = frag_more (0);
5875
5876 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5877 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
5878 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB : R_HPPA_END_BRTAB,
5879 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5880 #endif
5881
5882 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5883 }
5884
5885 /* Handle a .begin_try and .end_try pseudo-op. */
5886
5887 static void
5888 pa_try (int begin ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5889 {
5890 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5891 expressionS exp;
5892 char *where = frag_more (0);
5893
5894 if (! begin)
5895 expression (&exp);
5896
5897 /* The TRY relocations are only available in SOM (to denote
5898 the beginning and end of exception handling regions). */
5899
5900 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
5901 NULL, (offsetT) 0, begin ? NULL : &exp,
5902 0, begin ? R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY : R_HPPA_END_TRY,
5903 e_fsel, 0, 0, 0);
5904 #endif
5905
5906 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5907 }
5908
5909 /* Do the dirty work of building a call descriptor which describes
5910 where the caller placed arguments to a function call. */
5911
5912 static void
5913 pa_call_args (struct call_desc *call_desc)
5914 {
5915 char *name, c, *p;
5916 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
5917
5918 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
5919 {
5920 name = input_line_pointer;
5921 c = get_symbol_end ();
5922 /* Process a source argument. */
5923 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
5924 {
5925 temp = atoi (name + 4);
5926 p = input_line_pointer;
5927 *p = c;
5928 input_line_pointer++;
5929 name = input_line_pointer;
5930 c = get_symbol_end ();
5931 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5932 call_desc->arg_reloc |= pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, arg_reloc);
5933 }
5934 /* Process a return value. */
5935 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6) == 0))
5936 {
5937 p = input_line_pointer;
5938 *p = c;
5939 input_line_pointer++;
5940 name = input_line_pointer;
5941 c = get_symbol_end ();
5942 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
5943 call_desc->arg_reloc |= (arg_reloc & 0x3);
5944 }
5945 else
5946 {
5947 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALL argument: %s"), name);
5948 }
5949 p = input_line_pointer;
5950 *p = c;
5951 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
5952 input_line_pointer++;
5953 }
5954 }
5955
5956 /* Handle a .CALL pseudo-op. This involves storing away information
5957 about where arguments are to be found so the linker can detect
5958 (and correct) argument location mismatches between caller and callee. */
5959
5960 static void
5961 pa_call (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
5962 {
5963 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
5964 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
5965 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
5966 #endif
5967
5968 pa_call_args (&last_call_desc);
5969 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
5970 }
5971
5972 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
5973 /* Build an entry in the UNWIND subspace from the given function
5974 attributes in CALL_INFO. This is not needed for SOM as using
5975 R_ENTRY and R_EXIT relocations allow the linker to handle building
5976 of the unwind spaces. */
5977
5978 static void
5979 pa_build_unwind_subspace (struct call_info *call_info)
5980 {
5981 asection *seg, *save_seg;
5982 subsegT save_subseg;
5983 unsigned int unwind;
5984 int reloc;
5985 char *name, *p;
5986 symbolS *symbolP;
5987
5988 if ((bfd_get_section_flags (stdoutput, now_seg)
5989 & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5990 != (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
5991 return;
5992
5993 if (call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
5994 /* This can happen if there were errors earlier on in the assembly. */
5995 return;
5996
5997 /* Replace the start symbol with a local symbol that will be reduced
5998 to a section offset. This avoids problems with weak functions with
5999 multiple definitions, etc. */
6000 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001start_")
6001 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol))
6002 + 1);
6003 strcpy (name, "L$\001start_");
6004 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (call_info->start_symbol));
6005
6006 /* If we have a .procend preceded by a .exit, then the symbol will have
6007 already been defined. In that case, we don't want another unwind
6008 entry. */
6009 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6010 if (symbolP)
6011 {
6012 xfree (name);
6013 return;
6014 }
6015 else
6016 {
6017 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg,
6018 S_GET_VALUE (call_info->start_symbol), frag_now);
6019 gas_assert (symbolP);
6020 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6021 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6022 }
6023
6024 reloc = R_PARISC_SEGREL32;
6025 save_seg = now_seg;
6026 save_subseg = now_subseg;
6027 /* Get into the right seg/subseg. This may involve creating
6028 the seg the first time through. Make sure to have the
6029 old seg/subseg so that we can reset things when we are done. */
6030 seg = bfd_get_section_by_name (stdoutput, UNWIND_SECTION_NAME);
6031 if (seg == ASEC_NULL)
6032 {
6033 seg = subseg_new (UNWIND_SECTION_NAME, 0);
6034 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, seg,
6035 SEC_READONLY | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
6036 | SEC_LOAD | SEC_RELOC | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_DATA);
6037 bfd_set_section_alignment (stdoutput, seg, 2);
6038 }
6039
6040 subseg_set (seg, 0);
6041
6042 /* Get some space to hold relocation information for the unwind
6043 descriptor. */
6044 p = frag_more (16);
6045
6046 /* Relocation info. for start offset of the function. */
6047 md_number_to_chars (p, 0, 4);
6048 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6049 symbolP, (offsetT) 0,
6050 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6051 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6052
6053 /* Relocation info. for end offset of the function.
6054
6055 Because we allow reductions of 32bit relocations for ELF, this will be
6056 reduced to section_sym + offset which avoids putting the temporary
6057 symbol into the symbol table. It (should) end up giving the same
6058 value as call_info->start_symbol + function size once the linker is
6059 finished with its work. */
6060 md_number_to_chars (p + 4, 0, 4);
6061 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, p + 4 - frag_now->fr_literal, 4,
6062 call_info->end_symbol, (offsetT) 0,
6063 (expressionS *) NULL, 0, reloc,
6064 e_fsel, 32, 0, 0);
6065
6066 /* Dump the descriptor. */
6067 unwind = UNWIND_LOW32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6068 md_number_to_chars (p + 8, unwind, 4);
6069
6070 unwind = UNWIND_HIGH32 (&call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6071 md_number_to_chars (p + 12, unwind, 4);
6072
6073 /* Return back to the original segment/subsegment. */
6074 subseg_set (save_seg, save_subseg);
6075 }
6076 #endif
6077
6078 /* Process a .CALLINFO pseudo-op. This information is used later
6079 to build unwind descriptors and maybe one day to support
6080 .ENTER and .LEAVE. */
6081
6082 static void
6083 pa_callinfo (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6084 {
6085 char *name, c, *p;
6086 int temp;
6087
6088 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6089 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6090 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6091 #endif
6092
6093 /* .CALLINFO must appear within a procedure definition. */
6094 if (!within_procedure)
6095 as_bad (_(".callinfo is not within a procedure definition"));
6096
6097 /* Mark the fact that we found the .CALLINFO for the
6098 current procedure. */
6099 callinfo_found = TRUE;
6100
6101 /* Iterate over the .CALLINFO arguments. */
6102 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6103 {
6104 name = input_line_pointer;
6105 c = get_symbol_end ();
6106 /* Frame size specification. */
6107 if ((strncasecmp (name, "frame", 5) == 0))
6108 {
6109 p = input_line_pointer;
6110 *p = c;
6111 input_line_pointer++;
6112 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6113 if ((temp & 0x3) != 0)
6114 {
6115 as_bad (_("FRAME parameter must be a multiple of 8: %d\n"), temp);
6116 temp = 0;
6117 }
6118
6119 /* callinfo is in bytes and unwind_desc is in 8 byte units. */
6120 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.frame_size = temp / 8;
6121
6122 }
6123 /* Entry register (GR, GR and SR) specifications. */
6124 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_gr", 8) == 0))
6125 {
6126 p = input_line_pointer;
6127 *p = c;
6128 input_line_pointer++;
6129 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6130 /* The HP assembler accepts 19 as the high bound for ENTRY_GR
6131 even though %r19 is caller saved. I think this is a bug in
6132 the HP assembler, and we are not going to emulate it. */
6133 if (temp < 3 || temp > 18)
6134 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_GR must be in the range 3..18\n"));
6135 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_gr = temp - 2;
6136 }
6137 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_fr", 8) == 0))
6138 {
6139 p = input_line_pointer;
6140 *p = c;
6141 input_line_pointer++;
6142 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6143 /* Similarly the HP assembler takes 31 as the high bound even
6144 though %fr21 is the last callee saved floating point register. */
6145 if (temp < 12 || temp > 21)
6146 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_FR must be in the range 12..21\n"));
6147 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.entry_fr = temp - 11;
6148 }
6149 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "entry_sr", 8) == 0))
6150 {
6151 p = input_line_pointer;
6152 *p = c;
6153 input_line_pointer++;
6154 temp = get_absolute_expression ();
6155 if (temp != 3)
6156 as_bad (_("Value for ENTRY_SR must be 3\n"));
6157 }
6158 /* Note whether or not this function performs any calls. */
6159 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "calls", 5) == 0) ||
6160 (strncasecmp (name, "caller", 6) == 0))
6161 {
6162 p = input_line_pointer;
6163 *p = c;
6164 }
6165 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_calls", 8) == 0))
6166 {
6167 p = input_line_pointer;
6168 *p = c;
6169 }
6170 /* Should RP be saved into the stack. */
6171 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_rp", 7) == 0))
6172 {
6173 p = input_line_pointer;
6174 *p = c;
6175 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_rp = 1;
6176 }
6177 /* Likewise for SP. */
6178 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "save_sp", 7) == 0))
6179 {
6180 p = input_line_pointer;
6181 *p = c;
6182 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.save_sp = 1;
6183 }
6184 /* Is this an unwindable procedure. If so mark it so
6185 in the unwind descriptor. */
6186 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "no_unwind", 9) == 0))
6187 {
6188 p = input_line_pointer;
6189 *p = c;
6190 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 1;
6191 }
6192 /* Is this an interrupt routine. If so mark it in the
6193 unwind descriptor. */
6194 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "hpux_int", 7) == 0))
6195 {
6196 p = input_line_pointer;
6197 *p = c;
6198 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 1;
6199 }
6200 /* Is this a millicode routine. "millicode" isn't in my
6201 assembler manual, but my copy is old. The HP assembler
6202 accepts it, and there's a place in the unwind descriptor
6203 to drop the information, so we'll accept it too. */
6204 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "millicode", 9) == 0))
6205 {
6206 p = input_line_pointer;
6207 *p = c;
6208 last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.millicode = 1;
6209 }
6210 else
6211 {
6212 as_bad (_("Invalid .CALLINFO argument: %s"), name);
6213 *input_line_pointer = c;
6214 }
6215 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6216 input_line_pointer++;
6217 }
6218
6219 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6220 }
6221
6222 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
6223 /* Switch to the text space. Like s_text, but delete our
6224 label when finished. */
6225
6226 static void
6227 pa_text (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6228 {
6229 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6230 current_space = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
6231 current_subspace
6232 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6233 #endif
6234
6235 s_text (0);
6236 pa_undefine_label ();
6237 }
6238
6239 /* Switch to the data space. As usual delete our label. */
6240
6241 static void
6242 pa_data (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6243 {
6244 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6245 current_space = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
6246 current_subspace
6247 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (current_space->sd_seg, 0);
6248 #endif
6249 s_data (0);
6250 pa_undefine_label ();
6251 }
6252
6253 /* This is different than the standard GAS s_comm(). On HP9000/800 machines,
6254 the .comm pseudo-op has the following syntax:
6255
6256 <label> .comm <length>
6257
6258 where <label> is optional and is a symbol whose address will be the start of
6259 a block of memory <length> bytes long. <length> must be an absolute
6260 expression. <length> bytes will be allocated in the current space
6261 and subspace.
6262
6263 Also note the label may not even be on the same line as the .comm.
6264
6265 This difference in syntax means the colon function will be called
6266 on the symbol before we arrive in pa_comm. colon will set a number
6267 of attributes of the symbol that need to be fixed here. In particular
6268 the value, section pointer, fragment pointer, flags, etc. What
6269 a pain.
6270
6271 This also makes error detection all but impossible. */
6272
6273 static void
6274 pa_comm (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6275 {
6276 unsigned int size;
6277 symbolS *symbol;
6278 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6279
6280 if (label_symbol)
6281 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6282 else
6283 symbol = NULL;
6284
6285 SKIP_WHITESPACE ();
6286 size = get_absolute_expression ();
6287
6288 if (symbol)
6289 {
6290 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6291 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, size);
6292 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_com_section_ptr);
6293 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6294
6295 /* colon() has already set the frag to the current location in the
6296 current subspace; we need to reset the fragment to the zero address
6297 fragment. We also need to reset the segment pointer. */
6298 symbol_set_frag (symbol, &zero_address_frag);
6299 }
6300 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6301 }
6302 #endif /* !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))) */
6303
6304 /* Process a .END pseudo-op. */
6305
6306 static void
6307 pa_end (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6308 {
6309 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6310 }
6311
6312 /* Process a .ENTER pseudo-op. This is not supported. */
6313
6314 static void
6315 pa_enter (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6316 {
6317 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6318 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6319 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6320 #endif
6321
6322 as_bad (_("The .ENTER pseudo-op is not supported"));
6323 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6324 }
6325
6326 /* Process a .ENTRY pseudo-op. .ENTRY marks the beginning of the
6327 procedure. */
6328
6329 static void
6330 pa_entry (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6331 {
6332 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6333 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6334 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6335 #endif
6336
6337 if (!within_procedure)
6338 as_bad (_("Misplaced .entry. Ignored."));
6339 else
6340 {
6341 if (!callinfo_found)
6342 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo."));
6343 }
6344 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6345 within_entry_exit = TRUE;
6346
6347 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6348 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6349 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6350 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6351 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6352
6353 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6354 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6355 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6356 denote the entry and exit points. */
6357 if (last_call_info->start_symbol != NULL)
6358 {
6359 char *where;
6360 unsigned int u;
6361
6362 where = frag_more (0);
6363 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
6364 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6365 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
6366 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
6367 }
6368 #endif
6369 }
6370
6371 /* Silly nonsense for pa_equ. The only half-sensible use for this is
6372 being able to subtract two register symbols that specify a range of
6373 registers, to get the size of the range. */
6374 static int fudge_reg_expressions;
6375
6376 int
6377 hppa_force_reg_syms_absolute (expressionS *resultP,
6378 operatorT op ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6379 expressionS *rightP)
6380 {
6381 if (fudge_reg_expressions
6382 && rightP->X_op == O_register
6383 && resultP->X_op == O_register)
6384 {
6385 rightP->X_op = O_constant;
6386 resultP->X_op = O_constant;
6387 }
6388 return 0; /* Continue normal expr handling. */
6389 }
6390
6391 /* Handle a .EQU pseudo-op. */
6392
6393 static void
6394 pa_equ (int reg)
6395 {
6396 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
6397 symbolS *symbol;
6398
6399 if (label_symbol)
6400 {
6401 symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
6402 if (reg)
6403 {
6404 strict = 1;
6405 if (!pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0))
6406 as_bad (_(".REG expression must be a register"));
6407 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, pa_number);
6408 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, reg_section);
6409 }
6410 else
6411 {
6412 expressionS exp;
6413 segT seg;
6414
6415 fudge_reg_expressions = 1;
6416 seg = expression (&exp);
6417 fudge_reg_expressions = 0;
6418 if (exp.X_op != O_constant
6419 && exp.X_op != O_register)
6420 {
6421 if (exp.X_op != O_absent)
6422 as_bad (_("bad or irreducible absolute expression; zero assumed"));
6423 exp.X_add_number = 0;
6424 seg = absolute_section;
6425 }
6426 S_SET_VALUE (symbol, (unsigned int) exp.X_add_number);
6427 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, seg);
6428 }
6429 }
6430 else
6431 {
6432 if (reg)
6433 as_bad (_(".REG must use a label"));
6434 else
6435 as_bad (_(".EQU must use a label"));
6436 }
6437
6438 pa_undefine_label ();
6439 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6440 }
6441
6442 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6443 /* Mark the end of a function so that it's possible to compute
6444 the size of the function in elf_hppa_final_processing. */
6445
6446 static void
6447 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function (void)
6448 {
6449 /* ELF does not have EXIT relocations. All we do is create a
6450 temporary symbol marking the end of the function. */
6451 char *name;
6452
6453 if (last_call_info == NULL || last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
6454 {
6455 /* We have already warned about a missing label,
6456 or other problems. */
6457 return;
6458 }
6459
6460 name = xmalloc (strlen ("L$\001end_")
6461 + strlen (S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol))
6462 + 1);
6463 if (name)
6464 {
6465 symbolS *symbolP;
6466
6467 strcpy (name, "L$\001end_");
6468 strcat (name, S_GET_NAME (last_call_info->start_symbol));
6469
6470 /* If we have a .exit followed by a .procend, then the
6471 symbol will have already been defined. */
6472 symbolP = symbol_find (name);
6473 if (symbolP)
6474 {
6475 /* The symbol has already been defined! This can
6476 happen if we have a .exit followed by a .procend.
6477
6478 This is *not* an error. All we want to do is free
6479 the memory we just allocated for the name and continue. */
6480 xfree (name);
6481 }
6482 else
6483 {
6484 /* symbol value should be the offset of the
6485 last instruction of the function */
6486 symbolP = symbol_new (name, now_seg, (valueT) (frag_now_fix () - 4),
6487 frag_now);
6488
6489 gas_assert (symbolP);
6490 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbolP);
6491 symbol_table_insert (symbolP);
6492 }
6493
6494 if (symbolP)
6495 last_call_info->end_symbol = symbolP;
6496 else
6497 as_bad (_("Symbol '%s' could not be created."), name);
6498
6499 }
6500 else
6501 as_bad (_("No memory for symbol name."));
6502 }
6503 #endif
6504
6505 /* Helper function. Does processing for the end of a function. This
6506 usually involves creating some relocations or building special
6507 symbols to mark the end of the function. */
6508
6509 static void
6510 process_exit (void)
6511 {
6512 char *where;
6513
6514 where = frag_more (0);
6515
6516 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6517 /* Mark the end of the function, stuff away the location of the frag
6518 for the end of the function, and finally call pa_build_unwind_subspace
6519 to add an entry in the unwind table. */
6520 (void) where;
6521 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
6522 pa_build_unwind_subspace (last_call_info);
6523 #else
6524 /* SOM defers building of unwind descriptors until the link phase.
6525 The assembler is responsible for creating an R_ENTRY relocation
6526 to mark the beginning of a region and hold the unwind bits, and
6527 for creating an R_EXIT relocation to mark the end of the region.
6528
6529 FIXME. ELF should be using the same conventions! The problem
6530 is an unwind requires too much relocation space. Hmmm. Maybe
6531 if we split the unwind bits up between the relocations which
6532 denote the entry and exit points. */
6533 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
6534 NULL, (offsetT) 0,
6535 NULL, 0, R_HPPA_EXIT, e_fsel, 0, 0,
6536 UNWIND_HIGH32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor));
6537 #endif
6538 }
6539
6540 /* Process a .EXIT pseudo-op. */
6541
6542 static void
6543 pa_exit (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6544 {
6545 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6546 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6547 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6548 #endif
6549
6550 if (!within_procedure)
6551 as_bad (_(".EXIT must appear within a procedure"));
6552 else
6553 {
6554 if (!callinfo_found)
6555 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo"));
6556 else
6557 {
6558 if (!within_entry_exit)
6559 as_bad (_("No .ENTRY for this .EXIT"));
6560 else
6561 {
6562 within_entry_exit = FALSE;
6563 process_exit ();
6564 }
6565 }
6566 }
6567 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6568 }
6569
6570 /* Helper function to process arguments to a .EXPORT pseudo-op. */
6571
6572 static void
6573 pa_type_args (symbolS *symbolP, int is_export)
6574 {
6575 char *name, c, *p;
6576 unsigned int temp, arg_reloc;
6577 pa_symbol_type type = SYMBOL_TYPE_UNKNOWN;
6578 asymbol *bfdsym = symbol_get_bfdsym (symbolP);
6579
6580 if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "absolute", 8) == 0)
6581 {
6582 input_line_pointer += 8;
6583 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6584 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbolP, bfd_abs_section_ptr);
6585 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ABSOLUTE;
6586 }
6587 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "code", 4) == 0)
6588 {
6589 input_line_pointer += 4;
6590 /* IMPORTing/EXPORTing CODE types for functions is meaningless for SOM,
6591 instead one should be IMPORTing/EXPORTing ENTRY types.
6592
6593 Complain if one tries to EXPORT a CODE type since that's never
6594 done. Both GCC and HP C still try to IMPORT CODE types, so
6595 silently fix them to be ENTRY types. */
6596 if (S_IS_FUNCTION (symbolP))
6597 {
6598 if (is_export)
6599 as_tsktsk (_("Using ENTRY rather than CODE in export directive for %s"),
6600 S_GET_NAME (symbolP));
6601
6602 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6603 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6604 }
6605 else
6606 {
6607 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6608 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_CODE;
6609 }
6610 }
6611 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "data", 4) == 0)
6612 {
6613 input_line_pointer += 4;
6614 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6615 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_OBJECT;
6616 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_DATA;
6617 }
6618 else if ((strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "entry", 5) == 0))
6619 {
6620 input_line_pointer += 5;
6621 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6622 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_ENTRY;
6623 }
6624 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "millicode", 9) == 0)
6625 {
6626 input_line_pointer += 9;
6627 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6628 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
6629 {
6630 elf_symbol_type *elfsym = (elf_symbol_type *) bfdsym;
6631 elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info =
6632 ELF_ST_INFO (ELF_ST_BIND (elfsym->internal_elf_sym.st_info),
6633 STT_PARISC_MILLI);
6634 }
6635 #endif
6636 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_MILLICODE;
6637 }
6638 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "plabel", 6) == 0)
6639 {
6640 input_line_pointer += 6;
6641 bfdsym->flags &= ~BSF_FUNCTION;
6642 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PLABEL;
6643 }
6644 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "pri_prog", 8) == 0)
6645 {
6646 input_line_pointer += 8;
6647 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6648 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_PRI_PROG;
6649 }
6650 else if (strncasecmp (input_line_pointer, "sec_prog", 8) == 0)
6651 {
6652 input_line_pointer += 8;
6653 bfdsym->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6654 type = SYMBOL_TYPE_SEC_PROG;
6655 }
6656
6657 /* SOM requires much more information about symbol types
6658 than BFD understands. This is how we get this information
6659 to the SOM BFD backend. */
6660 #ifdef obj_set_symbol_type
6661 obj_set_symbol_type (bfdsym, (int) type);
6662 #else
6663 (void) type;
6664 #endif
6665
6666 /* Now that the type of the exported symbol has been handled,
6667 handle any argument relocation information. */
6668 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6669 {
6670 if (*input_line_pointer == ',')
6671 input_line_pointer++;
6672 name = input_line_pointer;
6673 c = get_symbol_end ();
6674 /* Argument sources. */
6675 if ((strncasecmp (name, "argw", 4) == 0))
6676 {
6677 p = input_line_pointer;
6678 *p = c;
6679 input_line_pointer++;
6680 temp = atoi (name + 4);
6681 name = input_line_pointer;
6682 c = get_symbol_end ();
6683 arg_reloc = pa_align_arg_reloc (temp, pa_build_arg_reloc (name));
6684 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6685 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6686 #else
6687 (void) arg_reloc;
6688 #endif
6689 *input_line_pointer = c;
6690 }
6691 /* The return value. */
6692 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "rtnval", 6)) == 0)
6693 {
6694 p = input_line_pointer;
6695 *p = c;
6696 input_line_pointer++;
6697 name = input_line_pointer;
6698 c = get_symbol_end ();
6699 arg_reloc = pa_build_arg_reloc (name);
6700 #if defined (OBJ_SOM) || defined (ELF_ARG_RELOC)
6701 symbol_arg_reloc_info (symbolP) |= arg_reloc;
6702 #else
6703 (void) arg_reloc;
6704 #endif
6705 *input_line_pointer = c;
6706 }
6707 /* Privilege level. */
6708 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "priv_lev", 8)) == 0)
6709 {
6710 p = input_line_pointer;
6711 *p = c;
6712 input_line_pointer++;
6713 temp = atoi (input_line_pointer);
6714 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6715 ((obj_symbol_type *) bfdsym)->tc_data.ap.hppa_priv_level = temp;
6716 #endif
6717 c = get_symbol_end ();
6718 *input_line_pointer = c;
6719 }
6720 else
6721 {
6722 as_bad (_("Undefined .EXPORT/.IMPORT argument (ignored): %s"), name);
6723 p = input_line_pointer;
6724 *p = c;
6725 }
6726 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6727 input_line_pointer++;
6728 }
6729 }
6730
6731 /* Process a .EXPORT directive. This makes functions external
6732 and provides information such as argument relocation entries
6733 to callers. */
6734
6735 static void
6736 pa_export (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6737 {
6738 char *name, c, *p;
6739 symbolS *symbol;
6740
6741 name = input_line_pointer;
6742 c = get_symbol_end ();
6743 /* Make sure the given symbol exists. */
6744 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6745 {
6746 as_bad (_("Cannot define export symbol: %s\n"), name);
6747 p = input_line_pointer;
6748 *p = c;
6749 input_line_pointer++;
6750 }
6751 else
6752 {
6753 /* OK. Set the external bits and process argument relocations.
6754 For the HP, weak and global are not mutually exclusive.
6755 S_SET_EXTERNAL will not set BSF_GLOBAL if WEAK is set.
6756 Call S_SET_EXTERNAL to get the other processing. Manually
6757 set BSF_GLOBAL when we get back. */
6758 S_SET_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6759 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_GLOBAL;
6760 p = input_line_pointer;
6761 *p = c;
6762 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6763 {
6764 input_line_pointer++;
6765 pa_type_args (symbol, 1);
6766 }
6767 }
6768
6769 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6770 }
6771
6772 /* Handle an .IMPORT pseudo-op. Any symbol referenced in a given
6773 assembly file must either be defined in the assembly file, or
6774 explicitly IMPORTED from another. */
6775
6776 static void
6777 pa_import (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6778 {
6779 char *name, c, *p;
6780 symbolS *symbol;
6781
6782 name = input_line_pointer;
6783 c = get_symbol_end ();
6784
6785 symbol = symbol_find (name);
6786 /* Ugh. We might be importing a symbol defined earlier in the file,
6787 in which case all the code below will really screw things up
6788 (set the wrong segment, symbol flags & type, etc). */
6789 if (symbol == NULL || !S_IS_DEFINED (symbol))
6790 {
6791 symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name);
6792 p = input_line_pointer;
6793 *p = c;
6794
6795 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6796 {
6797 input_line_pointer++;
6798 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6799 }
6800 else
6801 {
6802 /* Sigh. To be compatible with the HP assembler and to help
6803 poorly written assembly code, we assign a type based on
6804 the current segment. Note only BSF_FUNCTION really
6805 matters, we do not need to set the full SYMBOL_TYPE_* info. */
6806 if (now_seg == text_section)
6807 symbol_get_bfdsym (symbol)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
6808
6809 /* If the section is undefined, then the symbol is undefined
6810 Since this is an import, leave the section undefined. */
6811 S_SET_SEGMENT (symbol, bfd_und_section_ptr);
6812 }
6813 }
6814 else
6815 {
6816 /* The symbol was already defined. Just eat everything up to
6817 the end of the current statement. */
6818 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
6819 input_line_pointer++;
6820 }
6821
6822 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6823 }
6824
6825 /* Handle a .LABEL pseudo-op. */
6826
6827 static void
6828 pa_label (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6829 {
6830 char *name, c, *p;
6831
6832 name = input_line_pointer;
6833 c = get_symbol_end ();
6834
6835 if (strlen (name) > 0)
6836 {
6837 colon (name);
6838 p = input_line_pointer;
6839 *p = c;
6840 }
6841 else
6842 {
6843 as_warn (_("Missing label name on .LABEL"));
6844 }
6845
6846 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6847 {
6848 as_warn (_("extra .LABEL arguments ignored."));
6849 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6850 }
6851 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6852 }
6853
6854 /* Handle a .LEAVE pseudo-op. This is not supported yet. */
6855
6856 static void
6857 pa_leave (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6858 {
6859 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6860 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6861 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6862 #endif
6863
6864 as_bad (_("The .LEAVE pseudo-op is not supported"));
6865 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6866 }
6867
6868 /* Handle a .LEVEL pseudo-op. */
6869
6870 static void
6871 pa_level (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6872 {
6873 char *level;
6874
6875 level = input_line_pointer;
6876 if (strncmp (level, "1.0", 3) == 0)
6877 {
6878 input_line_pointer += 3;
6879 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 10))
6880 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6881 }
6882 else if (strncmp (level, "1.1", 3) == 0)
6883 {
6884 input_line_pointer += 3;
6885 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 11))
6886 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6887 }
6888 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0w", 4) == 0)
6889 {
6890 input_line_pointer += 4;
6891 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 25))
6892 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6893 }
6894 else if (strncmp (level, "2.0", 3) == 0)
6895 {
6896 input_line_pointer += 3;
6897 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, 20))
6898 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
6899 }
6900 else
6901 {
6902 as_bad (_("Unrecognized .LEVEL argument\n"));
6903 ignore_rest_of_line ();
6904 }
6905 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6906 }
6907
6908 /* Handle a .ORIGIN pseudo-op. */
6909
6910 static void
6911 pa_origin (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6912 {
6913 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6914 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6915 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6916 #endif
6917
6918 s_org (0);
6919 pa_undefine_label ();
6920 }
6921
6922 /* Handle a .PARAM pseudo-op. This is much like a .EXPORT, except it
6923 is for static functions. FIXME. Should share more code with .EXPORT. */
6924
6925 static void
6926 pa_param (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6927 {
6928 char *name, c, *p;
6929 symbolS *symbol;
6930
6931 name = input_line_pointer;
6932 c = get_symbol_end ();
6933
6934 if ((symbol = symbol_find_or_make (name)) == NULL)
6935 {
6936 as_bad (_("Cannot define static symbol: %s\n"), name);
6937 p = input_line_pointer;
6938 *p = c;
6939 input_line_pointer++;
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 S_CLEAR_EXTERNAL (symbol);
6944 p = input_line_pointer;
6945 *p = c;
6946 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
6947 {
6948 input_line_pointer++;
6949 pa_type_args (symbol, 0);
6950 }
6951 }
6952
6953 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
6954 }
6955
6956 /* Handle a .PROC pseudo-op. It is used to mark the beginning
6957 of a procedure from a syntactical point of view. */
6958
6959 static void
6960 pa_proc (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6961 {
6962 struct call_info *call_info;
6963
6964 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
6965 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
6966 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
6967 #endif
6968
6969 if (within_procedure)
6970 as_fatal (_("Nested procedures"));
6971
6972 /* Reset global variables for new procedure. */
6973 callinfo_found = FALSE;
6974 within_procedure = TRUE;
6975
6976 /* Create another call_info structure. */
6977 call_info = xmalloc (sizeof (struct call_info));
6978
6979 if (!call_info)
6980 as_fatal (_("Cannot allocate unwind descriptor\n"));
6981
6982 memset (call_info, 0, sizeof (struct call_info));
6983
6984 call_info->ci_next = NULL;
6985
6986 if (call_info_root == NULL)
6987 {
6988 call_info_root = call_info;
6989 last_call_info = call_info;
6990 }
6991 else
6992 {
6993 last_call_info->ci_next = call_info;
6994 last_call_info = call_info;
6995 }
6996
6997 /* set up defaults on call_info structure */
6998
6999 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.cannot_unwind = 0;
7000 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.region_desc = 1;
7001 call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor.hpux_interrupt_marker = 0;
7002
7003 /* If we got a .PROC pseudo-op, we know that the function is defined
7004 locally. Make sure it gets into the symbol table. */
7005 {
7006 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7007
7008 if (label_symbol)
7009 {
7010 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7011 {
7012 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7013 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7014 }
7015 else
7016 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7017 }
7018 else
7019 last_call_info->start_symbol = NULL;
7020 }
7021
7022 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7023 }
7024
7025 /* Process the syntactical end of a procedure. Make sure all the
7026 appropriate pseudo-ops were found within the procedure. */
7027
7028 static void
7029 pa_procend (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7030 {
7031 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7032 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
7033 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
7034 #endif
7035
7036 /* If we are within a procedure definition, make sure we've
7037 defined a label for the procedure; handle case where the
7038 label was defined after the .PROC directive.
7039
7040 Note there's not need to diddle with the segment or fragment
7041 for the label symbol in this case. We have already switched
7042 into the new $CODE$ subspace at this point. */
7043 if (within_procedure && last_call_info->start_symbol == NULL)
7044 {
7045 label_symbol_struct *label_symbol = pa_get_label ();
7046
7047 if (label_symbol)
7048 {
7049 if (label_symbol->lss_label)
7050 {
7051 last_call_info->start_symbol = label_symbol->lss_label;
7052 symbol_get_bfdsym (label_symbol->lss_label)->flags
7053 |= BSF_FUNCTION;
7054 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7055 /* Also handle allocation of a fixup to hold the unwind
7056 information when the label appears after the proc/procend. */
7057 if (within_entry_exit)
7058 {
7059 char *where;
7060 unsigned int u;
7061
7062 where = frag_more (0);
7063 u = UNWIND_LOW32 (&last_call_info->ci_unwind.descriptor);
7064 fix_new_hppa (frag_now, where - frag_now->fr_literal, 0,
7065 NULL, (offsetT) 0, NULL,
7066 0, R_HPPA_ENTRY, e_fsel, 0, 0, u);
7067 }
7068 #endif
7069 }
7070 else
7071 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC (corrupted label chain)"));
7072 }
7073 else
7074 as_bad (_("Missing function name for .PROC"));
7075 }
7076
7077 if (!within_procedure)
7078 as_bad (_("misplaced .procend"));
7079
7080 if (!callinfo_found)
7081 as_bad (_("Missing .callinfo for this procedure"));
7082
7083 if (within_entry_exit)
7084 as_bad (_("Missing .EXIT for a .ENTRY"));
7085
7086 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
7087 /* ELF needs to mark the end of each function so that it can compute
7088 the size of the function (apparently its needed in the symbol table). */
7089 hppa_elf_mark_end_of_function ();
7090 #endif
7091
7092 within_procedure = FALSE;
7093 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7094 pa_undefine_label ();
7095 }
7096
7097 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
7098 /* If VALUE is an exact power of two between zero and 2^31, then
7099 return log2 (VALUE). Else return -1. */
7100
7101 static int
7102 exact_log2 (int value)
7103 {
7104 int shift = 0;
7105
7106 while ((1 << shift) != value && shift < 32)
7107 shift++;
7108
7109 if (shift >= 32)
7110 return -1;
7111 else
7112 return shift;
7113 }
7114
7115 /* Check to make sure we have a valid space and subspace. */
7116
7117 static void
7118 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace (void)
7119 {
7120 if (current_space == NULL)
7121 as_fatal (_("Not in a space.\n"));
7122
7123 if (current_subspace == NULL)
7124 as_fatal (_("Not in a subspace.\n"));
7125 }
7126
7127 /* Parse the parameters to a .SPACE directive; if CREATE_FLAG is nonzero,
7128 then create a new space entry to hold the information specified
7129 by the parameters to the .SPACE directive. */
7130
7131 static sd_chain_struct *
7132 pa_parse_space_stmt (char *space_name, int create_flag)
7133 {
7134 char *name, *ptemp, c;
7135 char loadable, defined, private, sort;
7136 int spnum;
7137 asection *seg = NULL;
7138 sd_chain_struct *space;
7139
7140 /* Load default values. */
7141 spnum = 0;
7142 sort = 0;
7143 loadable = TRUE;
7144 defined = TRUE;
7145 private = FALSE;
7146 if (strcmp (space_name, "$TEXT$") == 0)
7147 {
7148 seg = pa_def_spaces[0].segment;
7149 defined = pa_def_spaces[0].defined;
7150 private = pa_def_spaces[0].private;
7151 sort = pa_def_spaces[0].sort;
7152 spnum = pa_def_spaces[0].spnum;
7153 }
7154 else if (strcmp (space_name, "$PRIVATE$") == 0)
7155 {
7156 seg = pa_def_spaces[1].segment;
7157 defined = pa_def_spaces[1].defined;
7158 private = pa_def_spaces[1].private;
7159 sort = pa_def_spaces[1].sort;
7160 spnum = pa_def_spaces[1].spnum;
7161 }
7162
7163 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7164 {
7165 print_errors = FALSE;
7166 ptemp = input_line_pointer + 1;
7167 /* First see if the space was specified as a number rather than
7168 as a name. According to the PA assembly manual the rest of
7169 the line should be ignored. */
7170 strict = 0;
7171 pa_parse_number (&ptemp, 0);
7172 if (pa_number >= 0)
7173 {
7174 spnum = pa_number;
7175 input_line_pointer = ptemp;
7176 }
7177 else
7178 {
7179 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7180 {
7181 input_line_pointer++;
7182 name = input_line_pointer;
7183 c = get_symbol_end ();
7184 if ((strncasecmp (name, "spnum", 5) == 0))
7185 {
7186 *input_line_pointer = c;
7187 input_line_pointer++;
7188 spnum = get_absolute_expression ();
7189 }
7190 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7191 {
7192 *input_line_pointer = c;
7193 input_line_pointer++;
7194 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7195 }
7196 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7197 {
7198 *input_line_pointer = c;
7199 loadable = FALSE;
7200 }
7201 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "notdefined", 10) == 0))
7202 {
7203 *input_line_pointer = c;
7204 defined = FALSE;
7205 }
7206 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "private", 7) == 0))
7207 {
7208 *input_line_pointer = c;
7209 private = TRUE;
7210 }
7211 else
7212 {
7213 as_bad (_("Invalid .SPACE argument"));
7214 *input_line_pointer = c;
7215 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7216 input_line_pointer++;
7217 }
7218 }
7219 }
7220 print_errors = TRUE;
7221 }
7222
7223 if (create_flag && seg == NULL)
7224 seg = subseg_new (space_name, 0);
7225
7226 /* If create_flag is nonzero, then create the new space with
7227 the attributes computed above. Else set the values in
7228 an already existing space -- this can only happen for
7229 the first occurrence of a built-in space. */
7230 if (create_flag)
7231 space = create_new_space (space_name, spnum, loadable, defined,
7232 private, sort, seg, 1);
7233 else
7234 {
7235 space = is_defined_space (space_name);
7236 SPACE_SPNUM (space) = spnum;
7237 SPACE_DEFINED (space) = defined & 1;
7238 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (space) = 1;
7239 }
7240
7241 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7242 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7243 #endif
7244
7245 return space;
7246 }
7247
7248 /* Handle a .SPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current space to the
7249 given space, creating the new space if necessary. */
7250
7251 static void
7252 pa_space (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7253 {
7254 char *name, c, *space_name, *save_s;
7255 sd_chain_struct *sd_chain;
7256
7257 if (within_procedure)
7258 {
7259 as_bad (_("Can\'t change spaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7260 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7261 }
7262 else
7263 {
7264 /* Check for some of the predefined spaces. FIXME: most of the code
7265 below is repeated several times, can we extract the common parts
7266 and place them into a subroutine or something similar? */
7267 /* FIXME Is this (and the next IF stmt) really right?
7268 What if INPUT_LINE_POINTER points to "$TEXT$FOO"? */
7269 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$TEXT$", 6) == 0)
7270 {
7271 input_line_pointer += 6;
7272 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$TEXT$");
7273 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7274 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 1);
7275 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7276 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$TEXT$", 0);
7277
7278 current_space = sd_chain;
7279 subseg_set (text_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7280 current_subspace
7281 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (text_section,
7282 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7283 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7284 return;
7285 }
7286 if (strncmp (input_line_pointer, "$PRIVATE$", 9) == 0)
7287 {
7288 input_line_pointer += 9;
7289 sd_chain = is_defined_space ("$PRIVATE$");
7290 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7291 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 1);
7292 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7293 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt ("$PRIVATE$", 0);
7294
7295 current_space = sd_chain;
7296 subseg_set (data_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7297 current_subspace
7298 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (data_section,
7299 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7300 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7301 return;
7302 }
7303 if (!strncasecmp (input_line_pointer,
7304 GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME,
7305 strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME)))
7306 {
7307 input_line_pointer += strlen (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7308 sd_chain = is_defined_space (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7309 if (sd_chain == NULL)
7310 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 1);
7311 else if (SPACE_USER_DEFINED (sd_chain) == 0)
7312 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME, 0);
7313
7314 current_space = sd_chain;
7315
7316 {
7317 asection *gdb_section
7318 = bfd_make_section_old_way (stdoutput, GDB_DEBUG_SPACE_NAME);
7319
7320 subseg_set (gdb_section, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7321 current_subspace
7322 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (gdb_section,
7323 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7324 }
7325 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7326 return;
7327 }
7328
7329 /* It could be a space specified by number. */
7330 print_errors = 0;
7331 save_s = input_line_pointer;
7332 strict = 0;
7333 pa_parse_number (&input_line_pointer, 0);
7334 if (pa_number >= 0)
7335 {
7336 if ((sd_chain = pa_find_space_by_number (pa_number)))
7337 {
7338 current_space = sd_chain;
7339
7340 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7341 current_subspace
7342 = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7343 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7344 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7345 return;
7346 }
7347 }
7348
7349 /* Not a number, attempt to create a new space. */
7350 print_errors = 1;
7351 input_line_pointer = save_s;
7352 name = input_line_pointer;
7353 c = get_symbol_end ();
7354 space_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7355 strcpy (space_name, name);
7356 *input_line_pointer = c;
7357
7358 sd_chain = pa_parse_space_stmt (space_name, 1);
7359 current_space = sd_chain;
7360
7361 subseg_set (sd_chain->sd_seg, sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7362 current_subspace = pa_subsegment_to_subspace (sd_chain->sd_seg,
7363 sd_chain->sd_last_subseg);
7364 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7365 }
7366 }
7367
7368 /* Switch to a new space. (I think). FIXME. */
7369
7370 static void
7371 pa_spnum (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7372 {
7373 char *name;
7374 char c;
7375 char *p;
7376 sd_chain_struct *space;
7377
7378 name = input_line_pointer;
7379 c = get_symbol_end ();
7380 space = is_defined_space (name);
7381 if (space)
7382 {
7383 p = frag_more (4);
7384 md_number_to_chars (p, SPACE_SPNUM (space), 4);
7385 }
7386 else
7387 as_warn (_("Undefined space: '%s' Assuming space number = 0."), name);
7388
7389 *input_line_pointer = c;
7390 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7391 }
7392
7393 /* Handle a .SUBSPACE pseudo-op; this switches the current subspace to the
7394 given subspace, creating the new subspace if necessary.
7395
7396 FIXME. Should mirror pa_space more closely, in particular how
7397 they're broken up into subroutines. */
7398
7399 static void
7400 pa_subspace (int create_new)
7401 {
7402 char *name, *ss_name, c;
7403 char loadable, code_only, comdat, common, dup_common, zero, sort;
7404 int i, access_ctr, space_index, alignment, quadrant, applicable, flags;
7405 sd_chain_struct *space;
7406 ssd_chain_struct *ssd;
7407 asection *section;
7408
7409 if (current_space == NULL)
7410 as_fatal (_("Must be in a space before changing or declaring subspaces.\n"));
7411
7412 if (within_procedure)
7413 {
7414 as_bad (_("Can\'t change subspaces within a procedure definition. Ignored"));
7415 ignore_rest_of_line ();
7416 }
7417 else
7418 {
7419 name = input_line_pointer;
7420 c = get_symbol_end ();
7421 ss_name = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7422 strcpy (ss_name, name);
7423 *input_line_pointer = c;
7424
7425 /* Load default values. */
7426 sort = 0;
7427 access_ctr = 0x7f;
7428 loadable = 1;
7429 comdat = 0;
7430 common = 0;
7431 dup_common = 0;
7432 code_only = 0;
7433 zero = 0;
7434 space_index = ~0;
7435 alignment = 1;
7436 quadrant = 0;
7437
7438 space = current_space;
7439 if (create_new)
7440 ssd = NULL;
7441 else
7442 ssd = is_defined_subspace (ss_name);
7443 /* Allow user to override the builtin attributes of subspaces. But
7444 only allow the attributes to be changed once! */
7445 if (ssd && SUBSPACE_DEFINED (ssd))
7446 {
7447 subseg_set (ssd->ssd_seg, ssd->ssd_subseg);
7448 current_subspace = ssd;
7449 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7450 as_warn (_("Parameters of an existing subspace can\'t be modified"));
7451 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7452 return;
7453 }
7454 else
7455 {
7456 /* A new subspace. Load default values if it matches one of
7457 the builtin subspaces. */
7458 i = 0;
7459 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7460 {
7461 if (strcasecmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, ss_name) == 0)
7462 {
7463 loadable = pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable;
7464 comdat = pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat;
7465 common = pa_def_subspaces[i].common;
7466 dup_common = pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common;
7467 code_only = pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only;
7468 zero = pa_def_subspaces[i].zero;
7469 space_index = pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index;
7470 alignment = pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment;
7471 quadrant = pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant;
7472 access_ctr = pa_def_subspaces[i].access;
7473 sort = pa_def_subspaces[i].sort;
7474 break;
7475 }
7476 i++;
7477 }
7478 }
7479
7480 /* We should be working with a new subspace now. Fill in
7481 any information as specified by the user. */
7482 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7483 {
7484 input_line_pointer++;
7485 while (!is_end_of_statement ())
7486 {
7487 name = input_line_pointer;
7488 c = get_symbol_end ();
7489 if ((strncasecmp (name, "quad", 4) == 0))
7490 {
7491 *input_line_pointer = c;
7492 input_line_pointer++;
7493 quadrant = get_absolute_expression ();
7494 }
7495 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "align", 5) == 0))
7496 {
7497 *input_line_pointer = c;
7498 input_line_pointer++;
7499 alignment = get_absolute_expression ();
7500 if (exact_log2 (alignment) == -1)
7501 {
7502 as_bad (_("Alignment must be a power of 2"));
7503 alignment = 1;
7504 }
7505 }
7506 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "access", 6) == 0))
7507 {
7508 *input_line_pointer = c;
7509 input_line_pointer++;
7510 access_ctr = get_absolute_expression ();
7511 }
7512 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "sort", 4) == 0))
7513 {
7514 *input_line_pointer = c;
7515 input_line_pointer++;
7516 sort = get_absolute_expression ();
7517 }
7518 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "code_only", 9) == 0))
7519 {
7520 *input_line_pointer = c;
7521 code_only = 1;
7522 }
7523 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "unloadable", 10) == 0))
7524 {
7525 *input_line_pointer = c;
7526 loadable = 0;
7527 }
7528 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "comdat", 6) == 0))
7529 {
7530 *input_line_pointer = c;
7531 comdat = 1;
7532 }
7533 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "common", 6) == 0))
7534 {
7535 *input_line_pointer = c;
7536 common = 1;
7537 }
7538 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "dup_comm", 8) == 0))
7539 {
7540 *input_line_pointer = c;
7541 dup_common = 1;
7542 }
7543 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "zero", 4) == 0))
7544 {
7545 *input_line_pointer = c;
7546 zero = 1;
7547 }
7548 else if ((strncasecmp (name, "first", 5) == 0))
7549 as_bad (_("FIRST not supported as a .SUBSPACE argument"));
7550 else
7551 as_bad (_("Invalid .SUBSPACE argument"));
7552 if (!is_end_of_statement ())
7553 input_line_pointer++;
7554 }
7555 }
7556
7557 /* Compute a reasonable set of BFD flags based on the information
7558 in the .subspace directive. */
7559 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7560 flags = 0;
7561 if (loadable)
7562 flags |= (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD);
7563 if (code_only)
7564 flags |= SEC_CODE;
7565
7566 /* These flags are used to implement various flavors of initialized
7567 common. The SOM linker discards duplicate subspaces when they
7568 have the same "key" symbol name. This support is more like
7569 GNU linkonce than BFD common. Further, pc-relative relocations
7570 are converted to section relative relocations in BFD common
7571 sections. This complicates the handling of relocations in
7572 common sections containing text and isn't currently supported
7573 correctly in the SOM BFD backend. */
7574 if (comdat || common || dup_common)
7575 flags |= SEC_LINK_ONCE;
7576
7577 flags |= SEC_RELOC | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
7578
7579 /* This is a zero-filled subspace (eg BSS). */
7580 if (zero)
7581 flags &= ~(SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
7582
7583 applicable &= flags;
7584
7585 /* If this is an existing subspace, then we want to use the
7586 segment already associated with the subspace.
7587
7588 FIXME NOW! ELF BFD doesn't appear to be ready to deal with
7589 lots of sections. It might be a problem in the PA ELF
7590 code, I do not know yet. For now avoid creating anything
7591 but the "standard" sections for ELF. */
7592 if (create_new)
7593 section = subseg_force_new (ss_name, 0);
7594 else if (ssd)
7595 section = ssd->ssd_seg;
7596 else
7597 section = subseg_new (ss_name, 0);
7598
7599 if (zero)
7600 seg_info (section)->bss = 1;
7601
7602 /* Now set the flags. */
7603 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, section, applicable);
7604
7605 /* Record any alignment request for this section. */
7606 record_alignment (section, exact_log2 (alignment));
7607
7608 /* Set the starting offset for this section. */
7609 bfd_set_section_vma (stdoutput, section,
7610 pa_subspace_start (space, quadrant));
7611
7612 /* Now that all the flags are set, update an existing subspace,
7613 or create a new one. */
7614 if (ssd)
7615
7616 current_subspace = update_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7617 code_only, comdat, common,
7618 dup_common, sort, zero, access_ctr,
7619 space_index, alignment, quadrant,
7620 section);
7621 else
7622 current_subspace = create_new_subspace (space, ss_name, loadable,
7623 code_only, comdat, common,
7624 dup_common, zero, sort,
7625 access_ctr, space_index,
7626 alignment, quadrant, section);
7627
7628 demand_empty_rest_of_line ();
7629 current_subspace->ssd_seg = section;
7630 subseg_set (current_subspace->ssd_seg, current_subspace->ssd_subseg);
7631 }
7632 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (current_subspace) = 1;
7633 }
7634
7635 /* Create default space and subspace dictionaries. */
7636
7637 static void
7638 pa_spaces_begin (void)
7639 {
7640 int i;
7641
7642 space_dict_root = NULL;
7643 space_dict_last = NULL;
7644
7645 i = 0;
7646 while (pa_def_spaces[i].name)
7647 {
7648 char *name;
7649
7650 /* Pick the right name to use for the new section. */
7651 name = pa_def_spaces[i].name;
7652
7653 pa_def_spaces[i].segment = subseg_new (name, 0);
7654 create_new_space (pa_def_spaces[i].name, pa_def_spaces[i].spnum,
7655 pa_def_spaces[i].loadable, pa_def_spaces[i].defined,
7656 pa_def_spaces[i].private, pa_def_spaces[i].sort,
7657 pa_def_spaces[i].segment, 0);
7658 i++;
7659 }
7660
7661 i = 0;
7662 while (pa_def_subspaces[i].name)
7663 {
7664 char *name;
7665 int applicable, subsegment;
7666 asection *segment = NULL;
7667 sd_chain_struct *space;
7668
7669 /* Pick the right name for the new section and pick the right
7670 subsegment number. */
7671 name = pa_def_subspaces[i].name;
7672 subsegment = 0;
7673
7674 /* Create the new section. */
7675 segment = subseg_new (name, subsegment);
7676
7677 /* For SOM we want to replace the standard .text, .data, and .bss
7678 sections with our own. We also want to set BFD flags for
7679 all the built-in subspaces. */
7680 if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$CODE$"))
7681 {
7682 text_section = segment;
7683 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7684 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7685 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7686 | SEC_RELOC | SEC_CODE
7687 | SEC_READONLY
7688 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7689 }
7690 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$DATA$"))
7691 {
7692 data_section = segment;
7693 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7694 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7695 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7696 | SEC_RELOC
7697 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7698
7699 }
7700 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$BSS$"))
7701 {
7702 bss_section = segment;
7703 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7704 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7705 applicable & SEC_ALLOC);
7706 }
7707 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$LIT$"))
7708 {
7709 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7710 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7711 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7712 | SEC_RELOC
7713 | SEC_READONLY
7714 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7715 }
7716 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$MILLICODE$"))
7717 {
7718 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7719 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7720 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7721 | SEC_RELOC
7722 | SEC_READONLY
7723 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7724 }
7725 else if (!strcmp (pa_def_subspaces[i].name, "$UNWIND$"))
7726 {
7727 applicable = bfd_applicable_section_flags (stdoutput);
7728 bfd_set_section_flags (stdoutput, segment,
7729 applicable & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
7730 | SEC_RELOC
7731 | SEC_READONLY
7732 | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS));
7733 }
7734
7735 /* Find the space associated with this subspace. */
7736 space = pa_segment_to_space (pa_def_spaces[pa_def_subspaces[i].
7737 def_space_index].segment);
7738 if (space == NULL)
7739 {
7740 as_fatal (_("Internal error: Unable to find containing space for %s."),
7741 pa_def_subspaces[i].name);
7742 }
7743
7744 create_new_subspace (space, name,
7745 pa_def_subspaces[i].loadable,
7746 pa_def_subspaces[i].code_only,
7747 pa_def_subspaces[i].comdat,
7748 pa_def_subspaces[i].common,
7749 pa_def_subspaces[i].dup_common,
7750 pa_def_subspaces[i].zero,
7751 pa_def_subspaces[i].sort,
7752 pa_def_subspaces[i].access,
7753 pa_def_subspaces[i].space_index,
7754 pa_def_subspaces[i].alignment,
7755 pa_def_subspaces[i].quadrant,
7756 segment);
7757 i++;
7758 }
7759 }
7760
7761 /* Create a new space NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7762 by the given parameters. */
7763
7764 static sd_chain_struct *
7765 create_new_space (char *name,
7766 int spnum,
7767 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7768 int defined,
7769 int private,
7770 int sort,
7771 asection *seg,
7772 int user_defined)
7773 {
7774 sd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7775
7776 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (sd_chain_struct));
7777 if (!chain_entry)
7778 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new space chain entry: %s\n"),
7779 name);
7780
7781 SPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7782 strcpy (SPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7783 SPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = defined;
7784 SPACE_USER_DEFINED (chain_entry) = user_defined;
7785 SPACE_SPNUM (chain_entry) = spnum;
7786
7787 chain_entry->sd_seg = seg;
7788 chain_entry->sd_last_subseg = -1;
7789 chain_entry->sd_subspaces = NULL;
7790 chain_entry->sd_next = NULL;
7791
7792 /* Find spot for the new space based on its sort key. */
7793 if (!space_dict_last)
7794 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7795
7796 if (space_dict_root == NULL)
7797 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7798 else
7799 {
7800 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7801 sd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7802
7803 chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7804 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7805
7806 while (chain_pointer)
7807 {
7808 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7809 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next;
7810 }
7811
7812 /* At this point we've found the correct place to add the new
7813 entry. So add it and update the linked lists as appropriate. */
7814 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7815 {
7816 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7817 prev_chain_pointer->sd_next = chain_entry;
7818 }
7819 else
7820 {
7821 space_dict_root = chain_entry;
7822 chain_entry->sd_next = chain_pointer;
7823 }
7824
7825 if (chain_entry->sd_next == NULL)
7826 space_dict_last = chain_entry;
7827 }
7828
7829 /* This is here to catch predefined spaces which do not get
7830 modified by the user's input. Another call is found at
7831 the bottom of pa_parse_space_stmt to handle cases where
7832 the user modifies a predefined space. */
7833 #ifdef obj_set_section_attributes
7834 obj_set_section_attributes (seg, defined, private, sort, spnum);
7835 #endif
7836
7837 return chain_entry;
7838 }
7839
7840 /* Create a new subspace NAME, with the appropriate flags as defined
7841 by the given parameters.
7842
7843 Add the new subspace to the subspace dictionary chain in numerical
7844 order as defined by the SORT entries. */
7845
7846 static ssd_chain_struct *
7847 create_new_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7848 char *name,
7849 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7850 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7851 int comdat,
7852 int common,
7853 int dup_common,
7854 int is_zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7855 int sort,
7856 int access_ctr,
7857 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7858 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7859 int quadrant,
7860 asection *seg)
7861 {
7862 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7863
7864 chain_entry = xmalloc (sizeof (ssd_chain_struct));
7865 if (!chain_entry)
7866 as_fatal (_("Out of memory: could not allocate new subspace chain entry: %s\n"), name);
7867
7868 SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry) = xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
7869 strcpy (SUBSPACE_NAME (chain_entry), name);
7870
7871 /* Initialize subspace_defined. When we hit a .subspace directive
7872 we'll set it to 1 which "locks-in" the subspace attributes. */
7873 SUBSPACE_DEFINED (chain_entry) = 0;
7874
7875 chain_entry->ssd_subseg = 0;
7876 chain_entry->ssd_seg = seg;
7877 chain_entry->ssd_next = NULL;
7878
7879 /* Find spot for the new subspace based on its sort key. */
7880 if (space->sd_subspaces == NULL)
7881 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7882 else
7883 {
7884 ssd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7885 ssd_chain_struct *prev_chain_pointer;
7886
7887 chain_pointer = space->sd_subspaces;
7888 prev_chain_pointer = NULL;
7889
7890 while (chain_pointer)
7891 {
7892 prev_chain_pointer = chain_pointer;
7893 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->ssd_next;
7894 }
7895
7896 /* Now we have somewhere to put the new entry. Insert it and update
7897 the links. */
7898 if (prev_chain_pointer)
7899 {
7900 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7901 prev_chain_pointer->ssd_next = chain_entry;
7902 }
7903 else
7904 {
7905 space->sd_subspaces = chain_entry;
7906 chain_entry->ssd_next = chain_pointer;
7907 }
7908 }
7909
7910 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7911 obj_set_subsection_attributes (seg, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7912 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7913 #endif
7914
7915 return chain_entry;
7916 }
7917
7918 /* Update the information for the given subspace based upon the
7919 various arguments. Return the modified subspace chain entry. */
7920
7921 static ssd_chain_struct *
7922 update_subspace (sd_chain_struct *space,
7923 char *name,
7924 int loadable ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7925 int code_only ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7926 int comdat,
7927 int common,
7928 int dup_common,
7929 int sort,
7930 int zero ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7931 int access_ctr,
7932 int space_index ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7933 int alignment ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7934 int quadrant,
7935 asection *section)
7936 {
7937 ssd_chain_struct *chain_entry;
7938
7939 chain_entry = is_defined_subspace (name);
7940
7941 #ifdef obj_set_subsection_attributes
7942 obj_set_subsection_attributes (section, space->sd_seg, access_ctr, sort,
7943 quadrant, comdat, common, dup_common);
7944 #endif
7945
7946 return chain_entry;
7947 }
7948
7949 /* Return the space chain entry for the space with the name NAME or
7950 NULL if no such space exists. */
7951
7952 static sd_chain_struct *
7953 is_defined_space (char *name)
7954 {
7955 sd_chain_struct *chain_pointer;
7956
7957 for (chain_pointer = space_dict_root;
7958 chain_pointer;
7959 chain_pointer = chain_pointer->sd_next)
7960 if (strcmp (SPACE_NAME (chain_pointer), name) == 0)
7961 return chain_pointer;
7962
7963 /* No mapping from segment to space was found. Return NULL. */
7964 return NULL;
7965 }
7966
7967 /* Find and return the space associated with the given seg. If no mapping
7968 from the given seg to a space is found, then return NULL.
7969
7970 Unlike subspaces, the number of spaces is not expected to grow much,
7971 so a linear exhaustive search is OK here. */
7972
7973 static sd_chain_struct *
7974 pa_segment_to_space (asection *seg)
7975 {
7976 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
7977
7978 /* Walk through each space looking for the correct mapping. */
7979 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
7980 space_chain;
7981 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
7982 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
7983 return space_chain;
7984
7985 /* Mapping was not found. Return NULL. */
7986 return NULL;
7987 }
7988
7989 /* Return the first space chain entry for the subspace with the name
7990 NAME or NULL if no such subspace exists.
7991
7992 When there are multiple subspaces with the same name, switching to
7993 the first (i.e., default) subspace is preferable in most situations.
7994 For example, it wouldn't be desirable to merge COMDAT data with non
7995 COMDAT data.
7996
7997 Uses a linear search through all the spaces and subspaces, this may
7998 not be appropriate if we ever being placing each function in its
7999 own subspace. */
8000
8001 static ssd_chain_struct *
8002 is_defined_subspace (char *name)
8003 {
8004 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8005 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8006
8007 /* Walk through each space. */
8008 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8009 space_chain;
8010 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8011 {
8012 /* Walk through each subspace looking for a name which matches. */
8013 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8014 subspace_chain;
8015 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8016 if (strcmp (SUBSPACE_NAME (subspace_chain), name) == 0)
8017 return subspace_chain;
8018 }
8019
8020 /* Subspace wasn't found. Return NULL. */
8021 return NULL;
8022 }
8023
8024 /* Find and return the subspace associated with the given seg. If no
8025 mapping from the given seg to a subspace is found, then return NULL.
8026
8027 If we ever put each procedure/function within its own subspace
8028 (to make life easier on the compiler and linker), then this will have
8029 to become more efficient. */
8030
8031 static ssd_chain_struct *
8032 pa_subsegment_to_subspace (asection *seg, subsegT subseg)
8033 {
8034 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8035 ssd_chain_struct *subspace_chain;
8036
8037 /* Walk through each space. */
8038 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8039 space_chain;
8040 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8041 {
8042 if (space_chain->sd_seg == seg)
8043 {
8044 /* Walk through each subspace within each space looking for
8045 the correct mapping. */
8046 for (subspace_chain = space_chain->sd_subspaces;
8047 subspace_chain;
8048 subspace_chain = subspace_chain->ssd_next)
8049 if (subspace_chain->ssd_subseg == (int) subseg)
8050 return subspace_chain;
8051 }
8052 }
8053
8054 /* No mapping from subsegment to subspace found. Return NULL. */
8055 return NULL;
8056 }
8057
8058 /* Given a number, try and find a space with the name number.
8059
8060 Return a pointer to a space dictionary chain entry for the space
8061 that was found or NULL on failure. */
8062
8063 static sd_chain_struct *
8064 pa_find_space_by_number (int number)
8065 {
8066 sd_chain_struct *space_chain;
8067
8068 for (space_chain = space_dict_root;
8069 space_chain;
8070 space_chain = space_chain->sd_next)
8071 {
8072 if (SPACE_SPNUM (space_chain) == (unsigned int) number)
8073 return space_chain;
8074 }
8075
8076 /* No appropriate space found. Return NULL. */
8077 return NULL;
8078 }
8079
8080 /* Return the starting address for the given subspace. If the starting
8081 address is unknown then return zero. */
8082
8083 static unsigned int
8084 pa_subspace_start (sd_chain_struct *space, int quadrant)
8085 {
8086 /* FIXME. Assumes everyone puts read/write data at 0x4000000, this
8087 is not correct for the PA OSF1 port. */
8088 if ((strcmp (SPACE_NAME (space), "$PRIVATE$") == 0) && quadrant == 1)
8089 return 0x40000000;
8090 else if (space->sd_seg == data_section && quadrant == 1)
8091 return 0x40000000;
8092 else
8093 return 0;
8094 return 0;
8095 }
8096 #endif
8097
8098 /* Helper function for pa_stringer. Used to find the end of
8099 a string. */
8100
8101 static unsigned int
8102 pa_stringer_aux (char *s)
8103 {
8104 unsigned int c = *s & CHAR_MASK;
8105
8106 switch (c)
8107 {
8108 case '\"':
8109 c = NOT_A_CHAR;
8110 break;
8111 default:
8112 break;
8113 }
8114 return c;
8115 }
8116
8117 /* Handle a .STRING type pseudo-op. */
8118
8119 static void
8120 pa_stringer (int append_zero)
8121 {
8122 char *s, num_buf[4];
8123 unsigned int c;
8124 int i;
8125
8126 /* Preprocess the string to handle PA-specific escape sequences.
8127 For example, \xDD where DD is a hexadecimal number should be
8128 changed to \OOO where OOO is an octal number. */
8129
8130 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8131 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8132 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8133 #endif
8134
8135 /* Skip the opening quote. */
8136 s = input_line_pointer + 1;
8137
8138 while (is_a_char (c = pa_stringer_aux (s++)))
8139 {
8140 if (c == '\\')
8141 {
8142 c = *s;
8143 switch (c)
8144 {
8145 /* Handle \x<num>. */
8146 case 'x':
8147 {
8148 unsigned int number;
8149 int num_digit;
8150 char dg;
8151 char *s_start = s;
8152
8153 /* Get past the 'x'. */
8154 s++;
8155 for (num_digit = 0, number = 0, dg = *s;
8156 num_digit < 2
8157 && (ISDIGIT (dg) || (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8158 || (dg >= 'A' && dg <= 'F'));
8159 num_digit++)
8160 {
8161 if (ISDIGIT (dg))
8162 number = number * 16 + dg - '0';
8163 else if (dg >= 'a' && dg <= 'f')
8164 number = number * 16 + dg - 'a' + 10;
8165 else
8166 number = number * 16 + dg - 'A' + 10;
8167
8168 s++;
8169 dg = *s;
8170 }
8171 if (num_digit > 0)
8172 {
8173 switch (num_digit)
8174 {
8175 case 1:
8176 sprintf (num_buf, "%02o", number);
8177 break;
8178 case 2:
8179 sprintf (num_buf, "%03o", number);
8180 break;
8181 }
8182 for (i = 0; i <= num_digit; i++)
8183 s_start[i] = num_buf[i];
8184 }
8185 break;
8186 }
8187 /* This might be a "\"", skip over the escaped char. */
8188 default:
8189 s++;
8190 break;
8191 }
8192 }
8193 }
8194 stringer (8 + append_zero);
8195 pa_undefine_label ();
8196 }
8197
8198 /* Handle a .VERSION pseudo-op. */
8199
8200 static void
8201 pa_version (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8202 {
8203 obj_version (0);
8204 pa_undefine_label ();
8205 }
8206
8207 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8208
8209 /* Handle a .COMPILER pseudo-op. */
8210
8211 static void
8212 pa_compiler (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8213 {
8214 obj_som_compiler (0);
8215 pa_undefine_label ();
8216 }
8217
8218 #endif
8219
8220 /* Handle a .COPYRIGHT pseudo-op. */
8221
8222 static void
8223 pa_copyright (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8224 {
8225 obj_copyright (0);
8226 pa_undefine_label ();
8227 }
8228
8229 /* Just like a normal cons, but when finished we have to undefine
8230 the latest space label. */
8231
8232 static void
8233 pa_cons (int nbytes)
8234 {
8235 cons (nbytes);
8236 pa_undefine_label ();
8237 }
8238
8239 /* Like float_cons, but we need to undefine our label. */
8240
8241 static void
8242 pa_float_cons (int float_type)
8243 {
8244 float_cons (float_type);
8245 pa_undefine_label ();
8246 }
8247
8248 /* Like s_fill, but delete our label when finished. */
8249
8250 static void
8251 pa_fill (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8252 {
8253 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8254 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8255 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8256 #endif
8257
8258 s_fill (0);
8259 pa_undefine_label ();
8260 }
8261
8262 /* Like lcomm, but delete our label when finished. */
8263
8264 static void
8265 pa_lcomm (int needs_align)
8266 {
8267 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8268 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8269 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8270 #endif
8271
8272 s_lcomm (needs_align);
8273 pa_undefine_label ();
8274 }
8275
8276 /* Like lsym, but delete our label when finished. */
8277
8278 static void
8279 pa_lsym (int unused ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8280 {
8281 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8282 /* We must have a valid space and subspace. */
8283 pa_check_current_space_and_subspace ();
8284 #endif
8285
8286 s_lsym (0);
8287 pa_undefine_label ();
8288 }
8289
8290 /* This function is called once, at assembler startup time. It should
8291 set up all the tables, etc. that the MD part of the assembler will need. */
8292
8293 void
8294 md_begin (void)
8295 {
8296 const char *retval = NULL;
8297 int lose = 0;
8298 unsigned int i = 0;
8299
8300 last_call_info = NULL;
8301 call_info_root = NULL;
8302
8303 /* Set the default machine type. */
8304 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (stdoutput, bfd_arch_hppa, DEFAULT_LEVEL))
8305 as_warn (_("could not set architecture and machine"));
8306
8307 /* Folding of text and data segments fails miserably on the PA.
8308 Warn user and disable "-R" option. */
8309 if (flag_readonly_data_in_text)
8310 {
8311 as_warn (_("-R option not supported on this target."));
8312 flag_readonly_data_in_text = 0;
8313 }
8314
8315 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8316 pa_spaces_begin ();
8317 #endif
8318
8319 op_hash = hash_new ();
8320
8321 while (i < NUMOPCODES)
8322 {
8323 const char *name = pa_opcodes[i].name;
8324
8325 retval = hash_insert (op_hash, name, (struct pa_opcode *) &pa_opcodes[i]);
8326 if (retval != NULL && *retval != '\0')
8327 {
8328 as_fatal (_("Internal error: can't hash `%s': %s\n"), name, retval);
8329 lose = 1;
8330 }
8331
8332 do
8333 {
8334 if ((pa_opcodes[i].match & pa_opcodes[i].mask)
8335 != pa_opcodes[i].match)
8336 {
8337 fprintf (stderr, _("internal error: losing opcode: `%s' \"%s\"\n"),
8338 pa_opcodes[i].name, pa_opcodes[i].args);
8339 lose = 1;
8340 }
8341 ++i;
8342 }
8343 while (i < NUMOPCODES && !strcmp (pa_opcodes[i].name, name));
8344 }
8345
8346 if (lose)
8347 as_fatal (_("Broken assembler. No assembly attempted."));
8348
8349 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8350 /* SOM will change text_section. To make sure we never put
8351 anything into the old one switch to the new one now. */
8352 subseg_set (text_section, 0);
8353 #endif
8354
8355 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8356 dummy_symbol = symbol_find_or_make ("L$dummy");
8357 S_SET_SEGMENT (dummy_symbol, text_section);
8358 /* Force the symbol to be converted to a real symbol. */
8359 symbol_get_bfdsym (dummy_symbol)->flags |= BSF_KEEP;
8360 #endif
8361 }
8362
8363 /* On the PA relocations which involve function symbols must not be
8364 adjusted. This so that the linker can know when/how to create argument
8365 relocation stubs for indirect calls and calls to static functions.
8366
8367 "T" field selectors create DLT relative fixups for accessing
8368 globals and statics in PIC code; each DLT relative fixup creates
8369 an entry in the DLT table. The entries contain the address of
8370 the final target (eg accessing "foo" would create a DLT entry
8371 with the address of "foo").
8372
8373 Unfortunately, the HP linker doesn't take into account any addend
8374 when generating the DLT; so accessing $LIT$+8 puts the address of
8375 $LIT$ into the DLT rather than the address of $LIT$+8.
8376
8377 The end result is we can't perform relocation symbol reductions for
8378 any fixup which creates entries in the DLT (eg they use "T" field
8379 selectors).
8380
8381 ??? Reject reductions involving symbols with external scope; such
8382 reductions make life a living hell for object file editors. */
8383
8384 int
8385 hppa_fix_adjustable (fixS *fixp)
8386 {
8387 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8388 reloc_type code;
8389 #endif
8390 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fix;
8391
8392 hppa_fix = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8393
8394 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8395 /* LR/RR selectors are implicitly used for a number of different relocation
8396 types. We must ensure that none of these types are adjusted (see below)
8397 even if they occur with a different selector. */
8398 code = elf_hppa_reloc_final_type (stdoutput, fixp->fx_r_type,
8399 hppa_fix->fx_r_format,
8400 hppa_fix->fx_r_field);
8401
8402 switch (code)
8403 {
8404 /* Relocation types which use e_lrsel. */
8405 case R_PARISC_DIR21L:
8406 case R_PARISC_DLTREL21L:
8407 case R_PARISC_DPREL21L:
8408 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF21L:
8409
8410 /* Relocation types which use e_rrsel. */
8411 case R_PARISC_DIR14R:
8412 case R_PARISC_DIR14DR:
8413 case R_PARISC_DIR14WR:
8414 case R_PARISC_DIR17R:
8415 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14R:
8416 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14DR:
8417 case R_PARISC_DLTREL14WR:
8418 case R_PARISC_DPREL14R:
8419 case R_PARISC_DPREL14DR:
8420 case R_PARISC_DPREL14WR:
8421 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14R:
8422 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14DR:
8423 case R_PARISC_PLTOFF14WR:
8424
8425 /* Other types that we reject for reduction. */
8426 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY:
8427 case R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT:
8428 return 0;
8429 default:
8430 break;
8431 }
8432 #endif
8433
8434 /* Reject reductions of symbols in sym1-sym2 expressions when
8435 the fixup will occur in a CODE subspace.
8436
8437 XXX FIXME: Long term we probably want to reject all of these;
8438 for example reducing in the debug section would lose if we ever
8439 supported using the optimizing hp linker. */
8440 if (fixp->fx_addsy
8441 && fixp->fx_subsy
8442 && (hppa_fix->segment->flags & SEC_CODE))
8443 return 0;
8444
8445 /* We can't adjust any relocs that use LR% and RR% field selectors.
8446
8447 If a symbol is reduced to a section symbol, the assembler will
8448 adjust the addend unless the symbol happens to reside right at
8449 the start of the section. Additionally, the linker has no choice
8450 but to manipulate the addends when coalescing input sections for
8451 "ld -r". Since an LR% field selector is defined to round the
8452 addend, we can't change the addend without risking that a LR% and
8453 it's corresponding (possible multiple) RR% field will no longer
8454 sum to the right value.
8455
8456 eg. Suppose we have
8457 . ldil LR%foo+0,%r21
8458 . ldw RR%foo+0(%r21),%r26
8459 . ldw RR%foo+4(%r21),%r25
8460
8461 If foo is at address 4092 (decimal) in section `sect', then after
8462 reducing to the section symbol we get
8463 . LR%sect+4092 == (L%sect)+0
8464 . RR%sect+4092 == (R%sect)+4092
8465 . RR%sect+4096 == (R%sect)-4096
8466 and the last address loses because rounding the addend to 8k
8467 multiples takes us up to 8192 with an offset of -4096.
8468
8469 In cases where the LR% expression is identical to the RR% one we
8470 will never have a problem, but is so happens that gcc rounds
8471 addends involved in LR% field selectors to work around a HP
8472 linker bug. ie. We often have addresses like the last case
8473 above where the LR% expression is offset from the RR% one. */
8474
8475 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lrsel
8476 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rrsel
8477 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_nlrsel)
8478 return 0;
8479
8480 /* Reject reductions of symbols in DLT relative relocs,
8481 relocations with plabels. */
8482 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_tsel
8483 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_ltsel
8484 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rtsel
8485 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_psel
8486 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_rpsel
8487 || hppa_fix->fx_r_field == e_lpsel)
8488 return 0;
8489
8490 /* Reject absolute calls (jumps). */
8491 if (hppa_fix->fx_r_type == R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8492 return 0;
8493
8494 /* Reject reductions of function symbols. */
8495 if (fixp->fx_addsy != 0 && S_IS_FUNCTION (fixp->fx_addsy))
8496 return 0;
8497
8498 return 1;
8499 }
8500
8501 /* Return nonzero if the fixup in FIXP will require a relocation,
8502 even it if appears that the fixup could be completely handled
8503 within GAS. */
8504
8505 int
8506 hppa_force_relocation (struct fix *fixp)
8507 {
8508 struct hppa_fix_struct *hppa_fixp;
8509
8510 hppa_fixp = (struct hppa_fix_struct *) fixp->tc_fix_data;
8511 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8512 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ENTRY
8513 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_EXIT
8514 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_BRTAB
8515 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_BRTAB
8516 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_BEGIN_TRY
8517 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_END_TRY
8518 || (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL && fixp->fx_subsy != NULL
8519 && (hppa_fixp->segment->flags & SEC_CODE) != 0))
8520 return 1;
8521 #endif
8522 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8523 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT
8524 || fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY)
8525 return 1;
8526 #endif
8527
8528 gas_assert (fixp->fx_addsy != NULL);
8529
8530 /* Ensure we emit a relocation for global symbols so that dynamic
8531 linking works. */
8532 if (S_FORCE_RELOC (fixp->fx_addsy, 1))
8533 return 1;
8534
8535 /* It is necessary to force PC-relative calls/jumps to have a relocation
8536 entry if they're going to need either an argument relocation or long
8537 call stub. */
8538 if (fixp->fx_pcrel
8539 && arg_reloc_stub_needed (symbol_arg_reloc_info (fixp->fx_addsy),
8540 hppa_fixp->fx_arg_reloc))
8541 return 1;
8542
8543 /* Now check to see if we're going to need a long-branch stub. */
8544 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_PCREL_CALL)
8545 {
8546 long pc = md_pcrel_from (fixp);
8547 valueT distance, min_stub_distance;
8548
8549 distance = fixp->fx_offset + S_GET_VALUE (fixp->fx_addsy) - pc - 8;
8550
8551 /* Distance to the closest possible stub. This will detect most
8552 but not all circumstances where a stub will not work. */
8553 min_stub_distance = pc + 16;
8554 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8555 if (last_call_info != NULL)
8556 min_stub_distance -= S_GET_VALUE (last_call_info->start_symbol);
8557 #endif
8558
8559 if ((distance + 8388608 >= 16777216
8560 && min_stub_distance <= 8388608)
8561 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 17
8562 && distance + 262144 >= 524288
8563 && min_stub_distance <= 262144)
8564 || (hppa_fixp->fx_r_format == 12
8565 && distance + 8192 >= 16384
8566 && min_stub_distance <= 8192)
8567 )
8568 return 1;
8569 }
8570
8571 if (fixp->fx_r_type == (int) R_HPPA_ABS_CALL)
8572 return 1;
8573
8574 /* No need (yet) to force another relocations to be emitted. */
8575 return 0;
8576 }
8577
8578 /* Now for some ELF specific code. FIXME. */
8579 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8580 /* For ELF, this function serves one purpose: to setup the st_size
8581 field of STT_FUNC symbols. To do this, we need to scan the
8582 call_info structure list, determining st_size in by taking the
8583 difference in the address of the beginning/end marker symbols. */
8584
8585 void
8586 elf_hppa_final_processing (void)
8587 {
8588 struct call_info *call_info_pointer;
8589
8590 for (call_info_pointer = call_info_root;
8591 call_info_pointer;
8592 call_info_pointer = call_info_pointer->ci_next)
8593 {
8594 elf_symbol_type *esym
8595 = ((elf_symbol_type *)
8596 symbol_get_bfdsym (call_info_pointer->start_symbol));
8597 esym->internal_elf_sym.st_size =
8598 S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->end_symbol)
8599 - S_GET_VALUE (call_info_pointer->start_symbol) + 4;
8600 }
8601 }
8602
8603 static void
8604 pa_vtable_entry (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8605 {
8606 struct fix *new_fix;
8607
8608 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_entry (0);
8609
8610 if (new_fix)
8611 {
8612 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8613
8614 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8615 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8616 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8617 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8618 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8619 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8620 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTENTRY;
8621 }
8622 }
8623
8624 static void
8625 pa_vtable_inherit (int ignore ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
8626 {
8627 struct fix *new_fix;
8628
8629 new_fix = obj_elf_vtable_inherit (0);
8630
8631 if (new_fix)
8632 {
8633 struct hppa_fix_struct * hppa_fix = obstack_alloc (&notes, sizeof (struct hppa_fix_struct));
8634
8635 hppa_fix->fx_r_type = R_HPPA;
8636 hppa_fix->fx_r_field = e_fsel;
8637 hppa_fix->fx_r_format = 32;
8638 hppa_fix->fx_arg_reloc = 0;
8639 hppa_fix->segment = now_seg;
8640 new_fix->tc_fix_data = (void *) hppa_fix;
8641 new_fix->fx_r_type = (int) R_PARISC_GNU_VTINHERIT;
8642 }
8643 }
8644 #endif
8645
8646 /* Table of pseudo ops for the PA. FIXME -- how many of these
8647 are now redundant with the overall GAS and the object file
8648 dependent tables? */
8649 const pseudo_typeS md_pseudo_table[] =
8650 {
8651 /* align pseudo-ops on the PA specify the actual alignment requested,
8652 not the log2 of the requested alignment. */
8653 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8654 {"align", pa_align, 8},
8655 #endif
8656 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8657 {"align", s_align_bytes, 8},
8658 #endif
8659 {"begin_brtab", pa_brtab, 1},
8660 {"begin_try", pa_try, 1},
8661 {"block", pa_block, 1},
8662 {"blockz", pa_block, 0},
8663 {"byte", pa_cons, 1},
8664 {"call", pa_call, 0},
8665 {"callinfo", pa_callinfo, 0},
8666 #if defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD))
8667 {"code", obj_elf_text, 0},
8668 #else
8669 {"code", pa_text, 0},
8670 {"comm", pa_comm, 0},
8671 #endif
8672 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8673 {"compiler", pa_compiler, 0},
8674 #endif
8675 {"copyright", pa_copyright, 0},
8676 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8677 {"data", pa_data, 0},
8678 #endif
8679 {"double", pa_float_cons, 'd'},
8680 {"dword", pa_cons, 8},
8681 {"end", pa_end, 0},
8682 {"end_brtab", pa_brtab, 0},
8683 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8684 {"end_try", pa_try, 0},
8685 #endif
8686 {"enter", pa_enter, 0},
8687 {"entry", pa_entry, 0},
8688 {"equ", pa_equ, 0},
8689 {"exit", pa_exit, 0},
8690 {"export", pa_export, 0},
8691 {"fill", pa_fill, 0},
8692 {"float", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8693 {"half", pa_cons, 2},
8694 {"import", pa_import, 0},
8695 {"int", pa_cons, 4},
8696 {"label", pa_label, 0},
8697 {"lcomm", pa_lcomm, 0},
8698 {"leave", pa_leave, 0},
8699 {"level", pa_level, 0},
8700 {"long", pa_cons, 4},
8701 {"lsym", pa_lsym, 0},
8702 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8703 {"nsubspa", pa_subspace, 1},
8704 #endif
8705 {"octa", pa_cons, 16},
8706 {"org", pa_origin, 0},
8707 {"origin", pa_origin, 0},
8708 {"param", pa_param, 0},
8709 {"proc", pa_proc, 0},
8710 {"procend", pa_procend, 0},
8711 {"quad", pa_cons, 8},
8712 {"reg", pa_equ, 1},
8713 {"short", pa_cons, 2},
8714 {"single", pa_float_cons, 'f'},
8715 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8716 {"space", pa_space, 0},
8717 {"spnum", pa_spnum, 0},
8718 #endif
8719 {"string", pa_stringer, 0},
8720 {"stringz", pa_stringer, 1},
8721 #ifdef OBJ_SOM
8722 {"subspa", pa_subspace, 0},
8723 #endif
8724 #if !(defined (OBJ_ELF) && (defined (TE_LINUX) || defined (TE_NetBSD)))
8725 {"text", pa_text, 0},
8726 #endif
8727 {"version", pa_version, 0},
8728 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8729 {"vtable_entry", pa_vtable_entry, 0},
8730 {"vtable_inherit", pa_vtable_inherit, 0},
8731 #endif
8732 {"word", pa_cons, 4},
8733 {NULL, 0, 0}
8734 };
8735
8736 #ifdef OBJ_ELF
8737 void
8738 hppa_cfi_frame_initial_instructions (void)
8739 {
8740 cfi_add_CFA_def_cfa (30, 0);
8741 }
8742
8743 int
8744 hppa_regname_to_dw2regnum (char *regname)
8745 {
8746 unsigned int regnum = -1;
8747 unsigned int i;
8748 const char *p;
8749 char *q;
8750 static struct { char *name; int dw2regnum; } regnames[] =
8751 {
8752 { "sp", 30 }, { "rp", 2 },
8753 };
8754
8755 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (regnames); ++i)
8756 if (strcmp (regnames[i].name, regname) == 0)
8757 return regnames[i].dw2regnum;
8758
8759 if (regname[0] == 'r')
8760 {
8761 p = regname + 1;
8762 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8763 if (p == q || *q || regnum >= 32)
8764 return -1;
8765 }
8766 else if (regname[0] == 'f' && regname[1] == 'r')
8767 {
8768 p = regname + 2;
8769 regnum = strtoul (p, &q, 10);
8770 #if TARGET_ARCH_SIZE == 64
8771 if (p == q || *q || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8772 return -1;
8773 regnum += 32 - 4;
8774 #else
8775 if (p == q
8776 || (*q && ((*q != 'L' && *q != 'R') || *(q + 1)))
8777 || regnum <= 4 || regnum >= 32)
8778 return -1;
8779 regnum = (regnum - 4) * 2 + 32;
8780 if (*q == 'R')
8781 regnum++;
8782 #endif
8783 }
8784 return regnum;
8785 }
8786 #endif
This page took 0.282245 seconds and 5 git commands to generate.